Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-III L AJ 072LELAH Series Design & Technical Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Fujitsu Manuals
  4. Air Conditioner
  5. AIRSTAGE J-III L AJ 072LELAH Series
  6. Design & technical manual

Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-III L AJ 072LELAH Series Design & Technical Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for AIRSTAGE J-III L AJ 072LELAH Series:
1
2
3
Table Of Contents
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-III L AJ 072LELAH Series

Summary of Contents for Fujitsu AIRSTAGE J-III L AJ 072LELAH Series

  • Page 1 DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL...
  • Page 2 CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 2. MODEL SELECTION 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 4. INDOOR UNITS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 7. FUNCTION SETTING 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT 9. NOTES 10. OPTIONAL PARTS...
  • Page 3 1. GENERAL INFORMATION DTV_J3LE050E_03--CHAPTER01 2017.10.31...

  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION MODEL LINE UP ..............01 - 01 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ................... 01 - 01 1-2. INDOOR UNIT ....................01 - 02 1-3. CONTROLLER ....................01 - 06 1-4. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR / MAINTENANCE TOOL ........01 - 08 1-5.

  • Page 5: Model Line Up

    Destination Model code Function Phase Model change code Series name AJ : Outdoor unit H: GENERAL (kW) L : Inverter E: 3 phase Y: FUJITSU 072 : (22.4) (R410A) 090 : (28.0) 108 : (33.5) - (01 - 01) -...

  • Page 6: Indoor Unit

    1-2. INDOOR UNIT „ LINE UP (1/2) „ Various combinations of types and capacity, ranging from 1.1kW to 28.0kW. Capacity Slim Duct/ Medium Circular Flow Cassette Compact Slim Static Cassette Mini Duct Model Cassette Concealed Pressure code Floor Duct 4.0 / 4.5 10.0 11.2 12.5...
  • Page 7 „ LINE UP (2/2) „ Various combinations of types and capacity, ranging from 1.1kW to 28.0kW. Capacity High Static Compact Large Compact Floor / Pressure Floor Ceiling Airflow Duct Model Floor Ceiling Duct (EEV external) code 4.0 / 4.5 10.0 11.2 12.5 14.0...
  • Page 8 Capacity Wall Mounted Wall (EEV Model Mounted external) code 4.0 / 4.5 10.0 11.2 12.5 14.0 18.0 22.4 25.0 28.0 Wall Mounted Wall Mounted (EEV external) AS  A004GTAH AS  E004GTAH AS  A007GTAH AS  E007GTAH AS  A009GTAH AS ...
  • Page 9 Model code Function Series name AU: Cassette H: GENERAL A: Standard (kW) G : Inverter H : VRF II AR: Duct Y: FUJITSU B: Compact 04 (1.1) (R410A) (AU) AB: Floor/Ceiling X:Neutral 07 (2.2) or Ceiling brand C: High Static 09 (2.8)

  • Page 10: Controller

    1-3. CONTROLLER „ LINE UP „ Type Model Remarks System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 Option: UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-PLGXE2, UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 Touch Panel Controller UTY-DTG  Option: UTY-PTGXA Central Remote Controller UTY-DCG  Group Remote Controller UTY-CGG ...
  • Page 11 Destination APG: System Controller Version UTY : Control unit G: GENERAL ALG: System Controller Lite Y: FUJITSU DTG: Touch Panel Controller X:Neutral brand DCG: Central Remote Controller CGG: Group Remote Controller RNR, RLR, RNK: Wired Remote Controller RSR, RSK: Simple Remote Controller...

  • Page 12: Adaptor / Convertor / Maintenance Tool

    1-4. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR / MAINTENANCE TOOL Network Convertor Network Convertor (AC power supply) Model : UTY-VTGX Model : UTY-VTGXV Split type systems can be Split type systems can be controlled from a central controller controlled from a central controller via the convertor.
  • Page 13 Wireless LAN adapter Model : UTY-TFSXZ1 Remotely manage an Air Conditioning system using mobile devices such as Smartphones, and tablets. Signal Amplifier External Switch Controller Model : UTY-VSGXZ1 Model : UTY-TERX, UTY-TEKX If the total length of Air conditioner switching can be controlled by transmission line exceeds 500m, or the number of units...

  • Page 14: Branch Kit

    1-5. BRANCH KIT Separation Tube Model :UTP-AX054A Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe Separation Tube Separation Tube Model: UTP-AX090A Model: UTP-AX180A Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe 1-6. HEADER Header Model : UTR-H0906L Model : UTR-H1806L Model : UTR-H0908L Model : UTR-H1808L Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe...

  • Page 15: Ev Kit

    1-7. EV KIT EV Kit Models : UTR-EV09XB UTR-EV14XB For Wall Mounted type and Compact Floor type (EEV external) 1-8. CASSETTE GRILLE Cassette grille Models : UTG-UFYC-W Cassette grille Models : UTG-UGYA-W UTG-UFGC-W UTG-UGGA-W For Compact Cassette type For Cassette type Cassette grille Models : UTG-UKYC-W UTG-UKGC-W...

  • Page 16: Others (Optional Parts)

    1-9. OTHERS (optional parts) Flange (Square) Flange (Round) Model : UTD-SF045T Model : UTD-RF204 For Medium Static Pressure Duct type For Medium Static Pressure Duct type For Large Airflow Duct type (18 model) For Large Airflow Duct type (18 model) Long-life Filter Long-life Filter Model : UTD-LF25NA...
  • Page 17 Panel spacer Wide panel Model: UTG-BKXA-W Model: UTG-AKXA-W For Cassette type For Cassette type For Circular Flow Cassette type For Circular Flow Cassette type Half concealed kit Model : UTR-STA For Compact Floor type IR Receiver Unit IR Receiver Unit Models : UTY-LRHYB1 Model: UTB-YWC UTY-LRHGB1...
  • Page 18 Fresh air intake kit Fresh air intake kit Model : UTZ-VXAA Model: UTZ-VXRA For Cassette type For Compact Cassette type For Circular Flow Cassette type Auto louver grille kit Auto louver grille kit Models : UTD-GXTA-W Models : UTD-GXSA-W UTD-GXTB-W UTD-GXSB-W UTD-GXTC-W UTD-GXSC-W...
  • Page 19 External connect kit External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZ6 Model : UTY-XWZXZ7 For Indoor unit / For Outdoor unit Central remote controller External connect kit External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZ8 Model : UTY-XWZXZ9 For Outdoor unit For Central remote controller External connect kit External connect kit Model : UTY-XWZXZA Model : UTY-XWZXZB...
  • Page 20 2. MODEL SELECTION DTV_J3LE050E_03--CHAPTER02 2017.10.31...
  • Page 21 CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 1. MODEL SELECTION PROCEDURE..........02 - 01 2. MODEL LINE UP ................02 - 02 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ................02 - 02 2-2. INDOOR UNIT ..................02 - 03 2-3. OPTIONAL PARTS ................02 - 05 3.
  • Page 22 CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT) ......02 - 63 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ............02 - 63 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ..........02 - 65 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE ................02 - 68 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................02 - 71 8-5.

  • Page 23: Model Selection Procedure

    1. MODEL SELECTION PROCEDURE See 2-2.MODEL LINE UP (INDOOR UNIT) and 3-1. SELECTION PROCEDURE OF INDOOR UNIT AND Selection of indoor units OUTDOOR UNIT Selection of required optional parts ● Cassette grille for all Cassette type See 2-3.MODEL LINE UP (OPTIONAL PARTS) ●...

  • Page 24: Model Line Up

    2. MODEL LINE UP 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT „ LINE UP „ Capacity (kW) Connectable indoor Indoor unit connectable Model name unit cooling capacity (kW) Cooling Heating 22.4 22.4 AJ  072LELAH 1 to 20 11.2 to 33.6 28.0 28.0 AJ  090LELAH 1 to 25 14.0 to 42.0 33.5...

  • Page 25: Indoor Unit

    Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H x W x D (mm) AUXB04GBLH AUXB07GALH AUXB09GALH UTG-UFYC-W (FUJITSU) Compact AUXB12GALH 245 x 570 x 570 Cassette UTG-UFGC-W (GENERAL) AUXB14GALH AUXB18GALH AUXB24GALH AUXM018GLAH AUXM024GLAH 246 x 840 x 840 10.0...
  • Page 26 „ LINE UP „ Rated capacity (kW) Dimensions Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating H x W x D (mm) AB  A12GATH AB  A14GATH Floor / Ceiling 199 x 990 x 655 AB  A18GATH AB  A24GATH 10.0 AB ...

  • Page 27: Optional Parts

    2-3. OPTIONAL PARTS „ CONTROLLER „ Items Model name Remarks System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 Option: UTY-PEGX1, UTY-PPGXP2 Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 Touch Panel Controller UTY-DTG  Z1 Option: UTY-PTGXA Central Remote Controller UTY-DCG Group Remote Controller UTY-CGG ...
  • Page 28 „ CASSETTE GRILLE „ Items Model name Remarks UTG-UF  C-W For Compact Cassette type UTG-UG  A-W For Cassette type Cassette grille UTG-UK  C-W For Circular Flow Cassette type UTG-UK  A-B „ OTHERS „ Items Model name Remarks Flange (Square) UTD-SF045T...

  • Page 29: Model Selection And Capacity Calculation

    3. MODEL SELECTION AND CAPACITY CALCULATION 3-1. SELECTION PROCEDURE OF INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT Please select indoor units and outdoor unit and make the capacity of each indoor unit be larger than cooling and heating load. Confirm the design indoor and outdoor temperature condition Calculate heat load of each room Select indoor unit to match the heat load for each room preliminarily Calculate the estimated capacity of each indoor units (Refer to 3-2)
  • Page 30 Select outdoor unit to match the total capacity of indoor units preliminarily (Confirm the rated capacity ratio of indoor and outdoor unit, the number of connectable indoor units within limit) Confirm if the capacity of outdoor unit. Calculate the compensated capacity of outdoor unit (Refer to 3-2) ●...

  • Page 31: Method Of Capacity Calculation

    3-2. METHOD OF CAPACITY CALCULATION The capacity calculation method which takes the effects of air temperature, pipe length and frosting/defrosting into consideration is shown below. 1. Calculate the estimated capacity of each indoor unit. (1) Find capacity of indoor unit at rated condition (TCin)r and at design temperature (TCin)d [from 7.

  • Page 32: The Example Of Calculation

    3-3. THE EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION „ EXAMPLE 1 „ Fig.1 Outline of the system Design conditions: Outdoor unit ● Temperature Indoor : 28°CDB / 20°CWB Outdoor : 35°CDB ● Pipe length : 75m ● Height difference : 20m (Outdoor unit upper side) Pipe length, L=75m Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 33 1) Equation for capacity calculation of outdoor unit. i) Refer to 4. CAPACIYY TABLE (OUTDOOR UNIT) to find Y and Y using X and X ii) Calculate capacity of outdoor unit using following equation: Y=(Y ) / (X )  (X-X ) + Y (X, Y) Capacity ratio of indoor units to outdoor unit, X (%)
  • Page 34 „ EXAMPLE 2 „ Fig.1 Outline of the system Design conditions: Outdoor unit ● Temperature Indoor : 28°CDB / 20°CWB Outdoor : 35°CDB ● Pipe length : 75m ● Height difference : 20m (Outdoor unit upper side) Pipe length, L=75m Indoor Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 35 1) Equation for capacity calculation of outdoor unit. i) Refer to 4. CAPACIYY TABLE (OUTDOOR UNIT) to find Y and Y using X and X ii) Calculate capacity of outdoor unit using following equation: Y=(Y ) / (X )  (X-X ) + Y (X, Y) Capacity ratio of indoor units to outdoor unit, X (%)

  • Page 36: Capacity Table Cooling (Outdoor Unit)

    4. CAPACITY TABLE COOLING (OUTDOOR UNIT) COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  072LELAH „ z Capacity : 22.4 kW (8HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB...
  • Page 37 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  072LELAH „ z Capacity : 22.4 kW (8HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB...
  • Page 38 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  072LELAH „ z Capacity : 22.4 kW (8HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB...
  • Page 39 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  090LELAH „ z Capacity : 28.0 kW (10HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB...
  • Page 40 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  090LELAH „ z Capacity : 28.0 kW (10HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB...
  • Page 41 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  090LELAH „ z Capacity : 28.0 kW (10HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB...
  • Page 42 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ108LELAH „ z Capacity : 33.5 kW (12HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB...
  • Page 43 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ108LELAH „ z Capacity : 33.5 kW (12HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB...
  • Page 44 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ108LELAH „ z Capacity : 33.5 kW (12HP) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature capacity of 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB...

  • Page 45: Capacity Table Heating (Outdoor Unit)

    5. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (OUTDOOR UNIT) HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  072LELAH „ z Capacity : 22.4 kW (8HP) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0...
  • Page 46 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  072LELAH „ z Capacity : 22.4 kW (8HP) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 17.6 5.23 17.6 5.51 17.5 5.78...
  • Page 47 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  090LELAH „ z Capacity : 28.0 kW (10HP) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 19.8 6.48 19.6 6.64 19.4 6.80...
  • Page 48 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  090LELAH „ z Capacity : 28.0 kW (10HP) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 19.0 7.17 18.8 7.32 18.6 7.48...
  • Page 49 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  108LELAH „ z Capacity : 33.5 kW (12HP) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 21.2 6.57 21.0 6.80 20.9 7.03...
  • Page 50 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AJ  108LELAH „ z Capacity : 33.5 kW (12HP) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature capacity of 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB indoor unit (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 20.6 7.44 20.4 7.66 20.3 7.88...

  • Page 51: Capacity Compensation Coefficient

    6. CAPACITY COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT „ COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT OF PIPE LENGTH „ The tables give the compensation coefficient of pipe length owing to installation position (pipe length, height difference). Pipe length and height difference are the length and the height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit. z Cooling „...

  • Page 52: Capacity Table Cooling (Indoor Unit)

    7. CAPACITY TABLE COOLING (INDOOR UNIT) 7-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXB04GBLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) TC : Total Capacity kW.
  • Page 53 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXB07GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 54 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXB14GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...

  • Page 55: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    7-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXM018GLAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 56 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXK018GLAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 57 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXK034GLAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 10.0 10.8...
  • Page 58 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXK054GLAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 10.4 11.6...

  • Page 59: Cassette Type

    7-3. CASSETTE TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXD18GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 60 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXA30GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 11.3 12.1...
  • Page 61 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXA54GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 10.4 11.6...

  • Page 62: Mini Duct Type

    7-4. MINI DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXK04GCLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) TC : Total Capacity kW.
  • Page 63 COOLING CAPACITY COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXK07GCLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 64 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXK14GCLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...

  • Page 65: Slim Duct/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    7-5. SLIM DUCT/SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXD07GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 66 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXD18GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...

  • Page 67: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXA24GBLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 4.9+ „...

  • Page 68: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXC36GBTH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 10.2 11.2...
  • Page 69 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXC72GBTH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 14.7 12.1...

  • Page 70: Large Airflow Duct Type

    7-8. LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXN018GLBH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...

  • Page 71: Compact Floor Type (Eev External Model)

    7-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGA004GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 72 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGA012GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 73 7-10. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE (EEV external model) COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGE004GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 74 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGE012GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...

  • Page 75: Floor / Ceiling Type

    7-11. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ABA12GATH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...

  • Page 76: Ceiling Type

    7-12. CEILING TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ABA30GATH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 11.3 12.1...

  • Page 77: Wall Mounted Type (Eev External Model)

    7-13. WALL MOUNTED TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA004GTAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 78 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA012GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 79 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA12GACH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 80 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA18GBCH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 81 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA30GTAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) 11.3 12.1...
  • Page 82 7-14. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASE004GTAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 83 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASE012GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 18°CDB / 14 °CWB 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...
  • Page 84 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASE12GACH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 20°CDB / 15 °CWB 23°CDB / 16 °CWB 24°CDB / 17 °CWB 26°CDB / 18 °CWB 27°CDB / 19 °CWB 28°CDB / 20 °CWB 30°CDB / 22 °CWB 32°CDB / 23 °CWB (°CDB) „...

  • Page 85: Capacity Table Heating (Indoor Unit)

    8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT) 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXB04GBLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 -3.0...
  • Page 86 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXB14GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 „...

  • Page 87: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXM018GLAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0...
  • Page 88 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL: AUXK018GLAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 „...
  • Page 89 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL: AUXK036GLAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 10.3 10.3 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.1 -3.0 -4.0 10.9 10.8 10.8 10.8...

  • Page 90: Cassette Type

    8-3. CASSETTE TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXD18GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 13.5...
  • Page 91 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXA30GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 10.6 10.6 10.0 11.1 10.6 10.0...
  • Page 92 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AUXA54GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 10.7 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.5 -9.0 -10.0 11.8 11.7 11.6 11.6 11.6 11.5 11.5 -7.0...

  • Page 93: Mini Duct Type

    8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL: ARXK04GCLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0...
  • Page 94 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL: ARXK14GCLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -4.0 -3.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 „...

  • Page 95: Slim Duct/Slim Concealed Floor Type

    8-5. SLIM DUCT/SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL: ARXD07GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0...
  • Page 96 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXD18GALH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 „...

  • Page 97: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    8-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXA24GBLH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0...

  • Page 98: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    8-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXC36GBTH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 10.3 10.3 10.2 10.2 10.2...
  • Page 99 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXC72GBTH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 13.0 12.9 12.9 12.9 12.9 12.9 12.8 -16.0 -15.0 15.1 15.0 15.0 14.9 14.9 14.8 14.8 -12.0 -13.0 16.7 16.7 16.6...

  • Page 100: Large Airflow Duct Type

    8-8. LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARXN018GLBH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0...

  • Page 101: Compact Floor Type (Eev External Model)

    8-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGA004GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6...
  • Page 102 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGA014GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 13.5 15.0 TC : Total Capacity kW.
  • Page 103 8-10. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE (EEV external model) HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGE004GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0...
  • Page 104 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGE014GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 13.5 15.0 TC : Total Capacity kW.

  • Page 105: Floor / Ceiling Type

    8-11. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ABA12GATH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0...

  • Page 106: Ceiling Type

    8-12. CEILING TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ABA30GATH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 10.6 10.6 10.0...

  • Page 107: Wall Mounted Type (Eev External Model)

    8-13. WALL MOUNTED TYPE HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA004GTAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6...
  • Page 108 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA012GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 13.5 15.0 „...
  • Page 109 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA12GACH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 „...
  • Page 110 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA18GBCH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 13.5 15.0 „...
  • Page 111 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASA030GTAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 10.6 10.6 10.0 11.1 10.6 10.0...
  • Page 112 8-14. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASE004GTAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0...
  • Page 113 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASE012GCAH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CDB) (°CWB) -19.3 -20.0 -16.0 -15.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -5.0 -6.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 13.5 15.0 „...
  • Page 114 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ASE12GACH „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 16°CDB 18°CDB 20°CDB 21°CDB 22°CDB 24°CDB 26°CDB (°CWB) (°CDB) -19.3 -20.0 -15.0 -16.0 -12.0 -13.0 -9.0 -10.0 -7.0 -8.0 -6.0 -5.0 -3.0 -4.0 -1.0 -2.0 -1.0 12.0 10.6 15.0 13.5 „...
  • Page 115 3. OUTDOOR UNITS DTV_J3LE050E_02--CHAPTER03 2017.07.21...
  • Page 116 CONTENTS 3. OUTDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............03 - 01 DIMENSIONS ................03 - 02 INSTALLATION SPACE ............03 - 05 3-1. SINGLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 05 3-2. MULTIPLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 06 3-3. OUTDOOR UNITS INSTALLATION IN MULTI ROW ........03 - 06 3-4.

  • Page 117: Specifications

    1. SPECIFICATIONS Nominal system capacity Model name AJ*072LELAH AJ*090LELAH AJ*0108LELAH Power source 3N ~ 400 V, 50 Hz Available voltage range 342 to 456 V Cooling 22.4 28.0 33.5 Capacity Nominal Heating 22.4 28.0 33.5 Max Heating 25.0 31.5 37.5 Cooling 6.30 8.59...

  • Page 118: Dimensions

    2. DIMENSIONS „ MODELS: AJ072LELAH, AJ090LELAH, AJ108LELAH „ (Unit : mm) Top view Front view Side view Rear view Bottom view - (03 - 02) -...
  • Page 119 (Unit : mm) Detail A Detail B Detail C - (03 - 03) -...
  • Page 120 „ CENTER OF GRAVITY POSITION „ z Model: AJ  072LELAH „ (Unit : mm) ● : Center of gravity z Models: AJ  090LELAH, AJ  108LELAH „ ● : Center of gravity - (03 - 04) -...

  • Page 121: Installation Space

    3. INSTALLATION SPACE Caution ● The installation space shown in the following examples is based on an ambient temperature under cooling operation of 35 °C DB at the air intake of the outdoor unit. Provide more space around the air intake than shown in the examples if the ambient temperature exceeds 35 °C DB or if the thermal load of all of the outdoor units exceeds the capacity.

  • Page 122: Multiple Outdoor Unit Installation

    3-2. MULTIPLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ● Provide at least 100mm of space between the outdoor units if multiple units are installed. „ ● When routing the piping from the side of an outdoor unit, provide space for the piping. „ ●...
  • Page 123 Caution ● When the outdoor temperature is 0 °C or less, do not use the accessory drain pipe and drain cap. If the drain pipe and drain cap are used, the drain water in the pipe may freeze in extremely cold climate.

  • Page 124: Duct Installation

    3-4. DUCT INSTALLATION When there are obstacles at rear, and the side walls are protruding frontward, install a duct as shown in the figure below. Installation of the unit without duct may lead capacity degradation caused by a short circuit, operation stop by high pressure protection, or other malfunction.
  • Page 125 „ DUCT INSTALLATION EXAMPLE „ Detail A Service panel Front panel Do not cover the Service panel Service panel Detail A - (03 - 09) -...

  • Page 126: Refrigerant Circuit

    4. REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT „ MODELS: AJ072LELAH, AJ090LELAH, AJ108LELAH „ Outdoor unit EEV2 FAN1 FAN2 SCHEX EEV1 HPSW TH10 Indoor unit1 TH21 FAN21 EEV21 TH23 TH22 LIQUID LINE HEX21 GAS LINE Indoor unit2 TH21 FAN21 TH23 EEV21 TH22 HEX21 : Check valve : Capillary : Strainer : 3-way valve...
  • Page 127 „ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION „ z Outdoor unit „ MARK DESCRIPTION Compressor (Inverter type) Heat exchanger FAN 1 Fan 1 FAN 2 Fan 2 Accumulator Oil separator SCHEX Sub-cool heat exchanger High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor HPSW High pressure sensor switch 4-way valve EEV 1 Electric expansion valve 1 EEV 2 Electric expansion valve 2...

  • Page 128: Wiring Diagram

    5. WIRING DIAGRAM „ MODELS: AJ072LELAH, AJ090LELAH „ - (03 - 12) -...
  • Page 129 „ MODEL: AJ108LELAH „ - (03 - 13) -...

  • Page 130: Operation Range

    6. OPERATION RANGE Operation range Operation mode Indoor unit Outdoor unit 18 to 32°C DB Cooling / Dry -15 to 46°C DB R.H. 80% or less Heating 10 to 30°C DB -20 to 21°C DB R.H. : Relative Humidity. - (03 - 14) -...

  • Page 131: Noise Level Curve

    7. NOISE LEVEL CURVE „ MODEL: AJ072LELAH „ z Cooling z Heating „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 Rated NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 Rated Low noise mode 1 Low noise mode 1 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 Low noise mode 2 Low noise mode 2 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30...
  • Page 132 „ MODEL: AJ108LELAH „ z Cooling z Heating „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 Rated Rated NC-55 NC-55 Low noise mode 1 Low noise mode 1 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 Low noise mode 2 Low noise mode 2 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30...
  • Page 133 „ SOUND LEVEL CHECK POINT „ Airflow Microphone - (03 - 17) -...

  • Page 134: Electric Characteristics

    8. ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS Rated Value Electric Characteristics Outdoor Fan Power Supply Full Load Characteristics Wiring Specifications *1 Compressor Motor Limited Power Earth Voltage TOCA Wiring Output Model name Cable Cable Length (m) *2 AJ  072LELAH 18.9 15.8 17.3 17.8 0.47 AJ ...

  • Page 135: Safety Devices

    9. SAFETY DEVICES Safety device AJ*072LELAH AJ*090LELAH AJ*108LELAH Fuse (Main) AC 250V 10A Protector (INV) AC 500V 45A Protector (Fan Motor) DC 750V 10A "Overcurrent protection - Compressor Protector Discharge Pipe Temperature protection Off : 120°C On : 85°C Compressor Temperature protection Off : 130°C On : 90°C" High Pressure Protection Off : 4.2 MPa On : 3.2 MPa Low Pressure Protection...
  • Page 136 4. INDOOR UNITS DTV_VR2E018E_14--CHAPTER04 2017.10.31...
  • Page 137 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............04-01 1-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ................ 04-01 1-2. CASSETTE TYPE................... 04-03 1-3. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-06 1-4. LOW STATIC PRESSURE DUCT / CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ....04-09 1-5. MINI DUCT TYPE ................... 04-10 1-6.
  • Page 138 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS 3-15. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) ..........04-74 3-16. WALL MOUNTED TYPE ................04-76 3-17. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) ..........04-76 3-18. WALL MOUNTED TYPE ................04-78 3-19. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) ..........04-78 3-20.
  • Page 139 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS FAN PERFORMANCE CURVE ..........04-214 6-1. LOW STATIC PRESSURE DUCT / CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ....04-214 6-2. MINI DUCT TYPE ..................04-219 6-3. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ........04-233 6-4. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE ..........04-247 6-5.
  • Page 140 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 9.52 ø 12.70 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UFYC-W(FUJITSU brand); UTG-UFGC-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 50 × 700 × 700 Dimensions (Option) (H x W x D) Gross 120 ×...
  • Page 141 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 12.70 ø 15.88 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UFYC-W(FUJITSU brand); UTG-UFGC-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 50 × 700 × 700 Dimensions (Option) (H x W x D) Gross 120 ×...
  • Page 142 ø 9.52 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 15.88 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UGYA-W(FUJITSU brand); UTG-UGGA-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 50 × 950 × 950 Dimensions (Option) (H x W x D) Gross 115 ×...
  • Page 143 ø 9.52 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 15.88 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UGYA-W(FUJITSU brand); UTG-UGGA-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 50 × 950 × 950 Dimensions (Option) (H x W x D) Gross 115 ×...
  • Page 144 ø 9.52 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 19.05 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UGYA-W(FUJITSU brand); UTG-UGGA-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 50 × 950 × 950 Dimensions (Option) (H x W x D) Gross 115 ×...
  • Page 145 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 12.70 ø 15.88 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UKYC-W(FUJITSU brand) / UTG-UKGC-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 53 × 950 × 950 Dimensions (Option)
  • Page 146 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 12.70 ø 15.88 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UKYC-W(FUJITSU brand) / UTG-UKGC-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 53 × 950 × 950 Dimensions (Option)
  • Page 147 ø 9.52 Connection Gas (Flare) ø 15.88 pipe diameter Drain hose VP25 [ø 25(I.D.) ; ø 32(O.D.)] Model name UTG-UKYC-W(FUJITSU brand) / UTG-UKGC-W(GENERAL brand) WHITE Colour (Approximate colour of MUNSELL N9.25/) Cassette grille 53 × 950 × 950 Dimensions (Option)
  • Page 148 1-4. LOW STATIC PRESSURE DUCT / CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE Model name ARXB07GALH ARXB09GALH ARXB12GALH ARXB14GALH ARXB18GALH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power Static pressure range 0 to 50 Standard static pressure High (103)
  • Page 149 1-5. MINI DUCT TYPE Model name ARXK04GCLH ARXK07GCLH ARXK09GCLH ARXK12GCLH Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power Static pressure range 0 to 30 Standard static pressure High (128) (128) (128) (153)
  • Page 150 Model name ARXK18GCLH ARXK24GCLH ARXK14GCLH Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power Static pressure range 0 to 50 Standard static pressure 1,160 High (211) (258) (322) 1,060 Me-Hi (183) (233) (294)
  • Page 151 1-6. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE Model name ARXD04GALH ARXD07GALH ARXD09GALH ARXD12GALH ARXD14GALH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power Static pressure range 0 to 90 Standard static pressure High (142)
  • Page 152 Model name ARXD18GALH ARXD24GALH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power Static pressure range 0 to 90 0 to 50 Standard static pressure 1,330 High (261) (369) 1,240 Airflow rate (l / s) (233)
  • Page 153 1-7. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Model name ARXA24GBLH ARXA30GBLH ARXA36GBLH ARXA45GBLH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling 11.2 12.5 Capacity Heating 10.0 12.5 14.0 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 150 Standard static pressure 1,280 1,410...
  • Page 154 1-8. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Model name ARXC36GBTH ARXC45GATH ARXC60GATH ARXC72GBTH ARXC90GBTH ARXC96GATH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling 11.2 12.5 18.0 22.4 25.0 28.0 Capacity Heating 12.5 14.0 20.0 25.0 28.0 31.5...
  • Page 155 1-9. LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE Model name ARXN018GLBH ARXN024GTBH ARXN030GTBH Power source 230V ~, 50Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating 10.0 Input power Static pressure range 0 to 80 0 to 100 Standard static pressure 1720 2100 2700...
  • Page 156 Model name ARXN18GATH ARXN24GATH ARXN30GATH ARXN34GATH ARXN36GATH ARXN45GATH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling 10.0 11.2 12.5 Capacity Heating 10.0 11.2 12.5 14.0 Input power Static pressure range 50 to 100 50 to 150 50 to 250 50 to 300...
  • Page 157 1-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE Model name AB  A12GATH AB  A14GATH AB  A18GATH AB  A24GATH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power 1,000 1,000 High (183) (216)
  • Page 158 1-11. CEILING TYPE Model name AB  A30GATH AB  A36GATH AB  A45GATH AB  A54GATH Power source 230 V ~, 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling 11.2 12.5 14.0 Capacity Heating 10.0 12.5 14.0 16.0 Input power 1,630...
  • Page 159 1-12. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE Model name A004GCAH AG A007GCAH AG A009GCAH AG A012GCAH AG A014GCAH      Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power 12 / 14 380 / 430 High (106 / 119)
  • Page 160 1-13. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE (EEV external model) Model name E004GCAH AG E007GCAH AG E009GCAH AG E012GCAH AG E014GCAH      Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power 12 / 14 380 / 430...
  • Page 161 1-14. WALL MOUNTED TYPE Model name AS  A004GTAH AS  A007GTAH AS  A009GTAH Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power High (119) (153) (200) Me-Hi (117) (128) (158) (108)
  • Page 162 Model name AS  A04GACH AS  A07GACH AS  A09GACH AS  A12GACH AS  A14GACH Power source 230V ~, 50Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power High (125) (136) (139) (156) (186) 440 / 370* 1 Airflow rate (122 / 103)
  • Page 163 Model name AS  A012GCAH AS  A014GCAH Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power High (192) (222) Me-Hi (169) (206) (156) (189) Airflow rate (l / s) Lo-Hi (147) (169)
  • Page 164 Model name AS  A18GACH AS  A24GACH AS  A30GACH AS  A18GBCH AS  A24GBCH Power source 230V ~, 50Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power 1,100 1100 1240 High (233) (306) (233) (305) (343)
  • Page 165 Model name AS  A030GTAH AS  A034GTAH Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling 10.0 Capacity Heating 10.0 11.2 Input power 1,440 1,620 / 1,520 High (400) (450 / 422) 1,200 1,300 (333) (361)
  • Page 166 1-15. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) Model name AS  E004GTAH AS  E007GTAH AS  E009GTAH Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power High (119) (153) (200) Me-Hi (117)
  • Page 167 Model name AS  E012GCAH AS  E014GCAH Power source 230 V ~ 50 Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power High (192) (222) Me-Hi (169) (206) (156) (189) Airflow rate (l / s) Lo-Hi (147) (169)
  • Page 168 Model name AS  E04GACH AS  E07GACH AS  E09GACH AS  E12GACH AS  E14GACH Power source 230V ~, 50Hz Available voltage range 198 to 264 V Cooling Capacity Heating Input power High (125) (136) (139) (156) (189) 440 / 370 *1 Airflow rate (l / s)

  • Page 169: Low Static Pressure Duct / Concealed Floor Type

    2. ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS Indoor Unit Power Supply Indoor Rated Frequency Input Power Current Voltage Type Model (Hz) (kW) AUXB04GBLH 0.20 0.023 0.17 AUXB07GALH 0.20 0.025 0.17 AUXB09GALH 0.20 0.025 0.17 AUXB12GALH 0.24 0.029 0.20 Compact cassette 230~ AUXB14GALH 0.29 0.035 0.24 AUXB18GALH 0.30...
  • Page 170 Indoor Unit Power Supply Indoor Rated Frequency Input Power Current Voltage Type Model (Hz) (kW) ARXD07GALH 0.38 0.044 0.31 ARXD09GALH 0.42 0.050 0.35 Slim duct / Slim ARXD12GALH 0.46 0.054 0.38 230~ ARXD14GALH 0.74 0.092 0.61 concealed floor ARXD18GALH 0.66 0.083 0.55 ARXD24GALH...
  • Page 171 Indoor Unit Power Supply Indoor Rated Frequency Input Power Current Voltage Type Model (Hz) (kW) AS  A004GTAH 0.16 0.013 0.13 AS  A007GTAH 0.23 0.019 0.19 AS  A009GTAH 0.38 0.034 0.31 AS  A012GCAH 0.30 0.025 0.25 AS  A014GCAH 0.36 0.036 0.30...
  • Page 172 3. DIMENSIONS 3-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUXB04GBLH, AUXB04GALH, AUXB07GALH, AUXB09GALH, „ AUXB12GALH, AUXB14GALH, AUXB18GALH, AUXB24GALH (Unit : mm) Hanging bolt position IR receiver Drain hose View A Ceiling  Control Box  View B View C AUXB07, AUXB09, AUXB18, AUXB04GBLH AUXB04GALH AUXB12,...
  • Page 173 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Strong and durable ceiling or more 1,000 1,000 or more or more 1,800 or more Obstruction Floor H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) (mm) Model name AUXB04/07/09 AUXB12/14/18/24 Standard mode 2,700 2,700 High Ceiling mode 3,000...
  • Page 174 3-2. CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUXD18GALH, AUXD24GALH „ (Unit : mm) IR receiver (Option) Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A (Control Box)   Ceiling Wire hole Fresh air inlet (cut out) 70 View B View C AUXD18, AUXD24 Liquid ø...
  • Page 175 „ MODELS: AUXA18GALH, AUXA24GALH, AUXA30GALH, „ AUXA34GALH, AUXA36GALH, AUXA45GALH, AUXA54GALH (Unit : mm) IR receiver (Option) Hanging bolt position Drain hose View A (Control Box)   Ceiling Wire hole Fresh air inlet (cut out) 70 View B View C AUXA18, AUXA24, AUXA36, AUXA45, AUXA54 AUXA30, AUXA34...
  • Page 176 (Unit : mm) „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Strong and durable ceiling 256 or more (AUXD18,24) 298 or more (AUXA18,24,30,34,36,45,54) 1,500 3,000 or more or more Obstruction 1,800 or more Floor H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) (mm) Model name AUXD18 AUXD24 AUXA18 AUXA24 AUXA30 AUXA34 AUXA36 AUXA45 AUXA54 Standard mode 3,000...
  • Page 177 3-3. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUXM018GLAH, AUXM024GLAH, AUXM030GLAH „ (Unit : mm) AUXM018 AUXM024, AUXM030 Liquid ø 6.35 mm ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 12.70 mm ø 15.88 mm  Drain hose VP25 [ø 25mm(I.D.) ; ø 32mm(O.D.)] ...
  • Page 178 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) 256 mm or more (AUXM018,024,030) 298 mm or more (AUXK018,024,030,034,036,045,054) Strong and durable ceiling 1,500 mm or more 3,000 mm or more 1,800 mm to H 1,000 mm or more Obstruction Floor H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) (mm) Model name AUXM018/024/030 Standard mode...
  • Page 179 „ MODELS: AUXK018GLAH, AUXK024GLAH, AUXK030GLAH, „ AUXK034GLAH, AUXK036GLAH, AUXK045GLAH, AUXK054GLAH (Unit : mm) AUXK024, AUXK030, AUXK034, AUXK018 AUXK036, AUXK045, AUXK054 Liquid ø 6.35 mm ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 12.70 mm ø 15.88 mm  Drain hose VP25 [ø...
  • Page 180 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) 256 mm or more (AUXM018,024,030) 298 mm or more (AUXK018,024,030,034,036,045,054) Strong and durable ceiling 1,500 mm or more 3,000 mm or more 1,800 mm to H 1,000 mm or more Obstruction Floor H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) (mm) Model name AUXK018/024/030/034 AUXK036/045/054...
  • Page 181 3-4. LOW STATIC PRESSURE DUCT / CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: ARXB07GALH, ARXB09GALH „ (Unit : mm) Rear view (Floor concealed) View A Rear view (Ceiling concealed) (Drain hose) Side view Top view Drain port Drain port Front view Bottom view ARXB07, ARXB09 Liquid ø...
  • Page 182 „ MODELS: ARXB12GALH, ARXB14GALH, ARXB18GALH „ (Unit : mm) Rear view (Floor concealed) (Drain hose) Rear view (Ceiling concealed) View A Side view Top view Drain port Drain port Front view Bottom view ARXB12, ARXB14 ARXB18 Liquid ø 6.35 mm ø...
  • Page 183 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „  1 Strong and durable ceiling (Unit : mm) Indoor unit  1 When drain pump is used, leave the space required for service and Left Right maintenance (Refer to 6-10-1. DRAIN PUMP UNIT) side side ...
  • Page 184 „ BIRD'S-EYE VIEW „ MAINTENANCE SPACE „ (Unit : mm) Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below. Do not place any wiring or illumination in the service space, as they will impede service. Brackets [Top view] Service space Brackets 400 or more Control...

  • Page 185: Mini Duct Type

    3-5. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODELS: ARXK04GCLH, ARXK07GCLH, ARXK09GCLH, „ ARXK12GCLH, ARXK14GCLH (Unit : mm) Rear view View A (Drain hose) Top view Side view Bottom view Front view ARXK04 ARXK07, ARXK09, ARXK12, ARXK14 Liquid ø 6.35 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø...
  • Page 186 „ MODEL: ARXK18GCLH „ (Unit : mm) Rear view View A (Drain hose) Top view Side view Bottom view Front view ARXK18 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 15.88 mm  Drain hose connection Drain hose I.D.
  • Page 187 „ MODEL: ARXK24GCLH „ (Unit : mm) View A Rear view (Drain hose) Top view Side view Front view Bottom view ARXK24 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 15.88 mm  Drain hose connection Drain hose I.D.
  • Page 188 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Strong and durable ceiling Indoor unit Left Right side side 400 mm 150 mm or more  1 or more  1 400mm or more when drain from drain pipe • When intaking air from back 300 mm or more 5 mm or more 20 mm or more...

  • Page 189: Slim Duct / Slim Concealed Floor Type

    3-6. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: ARXD04GALH, ARXD07GALH, ARXD09GALH, „ ARXD12GALH, ARXD14GALH (Unit : mm) View A Rear view (Drain hose) Drain port Side view Top view Front view Bottom view ARXD04, ARXD07, ARXD09, ARXD12, ARXD14 Liquid ø...
  • Page 190 „ MODEL: ARXD18GALH „ (Unit : mm) Rear view View A (Drain hose) Drain port Top view Side view Front view Bottom view ARXD18 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 15.88 mm  Drain hose VP25 [ø 25mm(I.D.) ; ø 32mm(O.D.)] ...
  • Page 191 „ MODEL: ARXD24GALH „ (Unit : mm) View A Rear view (Drain hose) Drain port Top view Side view Front view Bottom view ARXD24 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 15.88 mm  Drain hose VP25 [ø 25mm(I.D.) ; ø 32mm(O.D.)] ...
  • Page 192 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Strong and durable ceiling (Unit : mm) Indoor unit Left Right side side 400 mm 150 mm or more or more 300 mm or more 20 mm or more 20 mm or more Service hole Ceiling Floor 10mm 10mm...
  • Page 193 „ MAINTENANCE SPACE „ (Unit : mm) Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below. Do not place any wiring or illumination in the service space, as they will impede service. Service space [Top view] 400 or more Indoor unit Service access - (04-54) -...

  • Page 194: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    3-7. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODELS: ARXA24GBLH, ARXA30GBLH, ARXA36GBLH, ARXA45GBLH „ (Unit : mm) Front view Side view (R) Side view (L) Top view (Drain hose) Drain port Rear view Drain port ARXA24, ARXA30 ARXA36, ARXA45 Liquid ø 9.52 mm ø...
  • Page 195 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „  1 (Unit : mm) Strong and durable ceiling  1 When drain pump is used, leave the space required for service and maintenance  2 When drain hose is connected, the required dimension is 400mm or more. ...

  • Page 196: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    3-8. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODELS: ARXC36GBTH, ARXC45GATH, ARXC60GATH „ (Unit : mm) Rear view Drain port Side view (R) Side view (L) Top view (Drain hose) Front view ARXC36, ARXC45, ARXC60 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø...
  • Page 197 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Strong and durable ceiling „ MAINTENANCE SPACE „ Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below. Do not place any wiring or illumination in the service space, as they will impede service. [Top view] Indoor unit 30 or more...
  • Page 198 „ MODELS: ARXC72GBTH, ARXC90GBTH „ (Unit : mm) 1587 1410(BOLT PITCH) 1250 150x7=1050 P160x2=320 Φ3 1200 1450 (Drain hose) ARXC72, ARXC90 Liquid ø 12.70 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 22.22 mm  Drain hose VP25 [ø 25mm(I.D.) ; ø 32mm(O.D.)] ...
  • Page 199 „ MODEL: ARXC96GATH „ 1587 1410 (BOLT PITCH) 1250 P160x2 P150x7=1050 =320 1200 1450 (Drain hose) ARXC96 Liquid ø 12.70 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 22.22 mm  Drain hose VP25 [ø 25mm(I.D.) ; ø 32mm(O.D.)]  - (04-60) -...
  • Page 200 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (a) When service access will be carried out above the indoor unit a recommended installation space (Unit : mm) of 450mm is required. more Service space or more (b) Installation by which service is carried out from the bottom of the unit Service space more...

  • Page 201: Large Airflow Duct Type

    3-9. LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXN018GLBH „ (Unit : mm) Front view Side view (R) Side view (L) Top view (Drain hose) Drain port Rear view Drain port ARXN018 Liquid ø 6.35 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø...
  • Page 202 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „  1 (Unit : mm) Strong and durable ceiling  1 When drain pump is used, leave the space required for service and maintenance  2 When drain hose is connected, the required dimension is 400mm or more. ...
  • Page 203 „ MODELS: ARXN024GTBH, ARXN030GTBH „ Unit: mm Control box Drain port Drain port Side view (R) Top view Side view (L) Front view (Drain hose) Rear view ARXN024, ARXN030 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 15.88 mm ...
  • Page 204 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Unit: mm 20 or more 150 or more 300 or more 20 or more 2500 or more (When no ceiling) Floor „ MAINTENANCE SPACE „ • Provide a service access for maintenance purposes. Bottom view Unit: mm Service access 300 or more Control box...
  • Page 205 „ MODELS: ARXN18GATH, ARXN24GATH, ARXN30GATH, „ ARXN34GATH, ARXN36GATH, ARXN45GATH Rear view Side view (R) Side view (L) Top view (Drain hose) Front view ARXN18, ARXN24, ARXN36, ARXN45 ARXN30, ARXN34 Liquid ø 9.52 mm ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø...
  • Page 206 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (a) When service access will be carried out above the indoor unit a recommended installation space (Unit : mm) of 450mm is required. more Service space or more (b) Installation by which service is carried out from the bottom of the unit Service space more...
  • Page 207 3-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODELS: ABA12GATH, ABA14GATH, ABA18GATH, „ ABA24GATH (Unit : mm) (Drain hose) AB  A12 , AB  A14 AB  A18 , AB  A24 Liquid ø 6.35 mm ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø...
  • Page 208 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Left Right 300 or more 300 or more Ceiling Ceiling Left Right Indoor unit 2300 150 or more 300 or more 20 or more or more Floor Wall bracket Side of set 100 hole 50 hole 100 hole - (04-69) -...
  • Page 209 3-11. CEILING TYPE „ MODELS: ABA30GATH, ABA36GATH, ABA45GATH, „ ABA54GATH (Unit : mm) (Drain hose) Drain port Drain port AB  A30 AB  A36 , AB  A45 , AB  A54 Liquid ø 9.52 mm ø 9.52 mm ...
  • Page 210 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Ceiling Ceiling panel INDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT Ceiling Ceiling panel 80 or more 150 or more 80 or more 150 or more 10 or more 10 or more 2500 2500 or more or more Floor Floor Suspension bolt pitch...

  • Page 211: Compact Floor Type

    3-12. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: AGA004GCAH, AGA007GCAH, AGA009GCAH, „ AGA012GCAH, AGA014GCAH 3-13. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODELS: AGE004GCAH, AGE007GCAH, AGE009GCAH, „ AGE012GCAH, AGE014GCAH (Unit : mm) AG  A004, AG  A007, AG  A009 AG  A0012, AG  A0014 AG ...
  • Page 212 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) 100 or more 80 or more 80 or more 50 or more (Wall cap) 150 or below from the floor 100 or more Indoor Upper air outlet unit Grating 20 to 30 Lower air outlet - (04-73) -...

  • Page 213: Wall Mounted Type

    3-14. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASA004GTAH, ASA007GTAH, ASA009GTAH „ 3-15. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODELS: ASE004GTAH, ASE007GTAH, ASE009GTAH „ (Unit : mm) (820) Outline of unit AS  A004, AS  A007, AS  A009 AS  E004, AS  E007, AS  E009 Liquid ø...
  • Page 214 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Outline of unit 70 or more 200 or more 1,500 or more - (04-75) -...
  • Page 215 3-16. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASA012GCAH, ASA014GCAH „ 3-17. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODELS: ASE012GCAH, ASE014GCAH „ (Unit : mm) (840) 315 (Gas pipe) 381 (Liquid pipe) for pipe inlet Ø65 for pipe inlet Ø65 AS  A012, AS  A014 AS ...
  • Page 216 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) - (04-77) -...
  • Page 217 3-18. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASA04GACH, ASA07GACH, ASA09GACH, „ ASA12GACH, ASA14GACH 3-19. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODELS: ASE04GACH, ASE07GACH, ASE09GACH, „ ASE12GACH, ASE14GACH (Unit : mm) AS  A04, AS  A07, AS  A09, AS  A12, AS  A14 AS ...
  • Page 218 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Outline of indoor unit 49 or more 44 or more 60 or more 90 or more 1500 or more - (04-79) -...
  • Page 219 3-20. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASA18GBCH, ASA24GBCH „ (Unit : mm) AS  A18 AS  A24 Liquid ø 6.35 mm ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 12.70 mm ø 15.88 mm  I.D. 12 mm , O.D. 16 mm Drain hose ...
  • Page 220 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Outline of unit 50 or more 200 or more 78 or more 267 or more 1500 or more - (04-81) -...
  • Page 221 „ MODELS: ASA18GACH, ASA24GACH, ASA30GACH „ (Unit : mm) AS  A18, AS  A24, AS  A30 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 15.88 mm  I.D. 12 mm , O.D. 16 mm Drain hose ...
  • Page 222 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Outline of unit 22 or more 133 or more 50 or more 200 or more 1500 or more - (04-83) -...
  • Page 223 „ MODELS: ASA030GTAH, ASA034GTAH „ (Unit : mm) 1150 Outline of unit AS  A030, AS  A034 Liquid ø 9.52 mm  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 15.88 mm  I.D. 13.8 mm , O.D. 15.8-16.7 mm Drain hose ...
  • Page 224 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ (Unit : mm) Outline of unit 59 or more 120 or more 70 or more 200 or more 1500 or more - (04-85) -...
  • Page 225 4. WIRING DIAGRAMS 4-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUXB04GBLH, AUXB04GALH, AUXB07GALH, „ AUXB09GALH, AUXB12GALH, AUXB14GALH, AUXB18GALH, AUXB24GALH - (04-86) -...
  • Page 226 4-2. CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUXD18GALH, AUXD24GALH, AUXA18GALH, „ AUXA24GALH, AUXA30GALH, AUXA34GALH, AUXA36GALH, AUXA45GALH, AUXA54GALH - (04-87) -...
  • Page 227 4-3. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUXM018GLAH, AUXM024GLAH, AUXM030GLAH, „ AUXK018GLAH, AUXK024GLAH, AUXK030GLAH, AUXK034GLAH, AUXK036GLAH, AUXK045GLAH, AUXK054GLAH - (04-88) -...
  • Page 228 4-4. LOW STATIC PRESSURE DUCT / CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: ARXB07GALH, ARXB09GALH, ARXB12GALH, „ ARXB14GALH, ARXB18GALH - (04-89) -...
  • Page 229 4-5. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODELS: ARXK04GCLH, ARXK07GCLH, ARXK09GCLH, „ ARXK12GCLH, ARXK14GCLH, ARXK18GCLH, ARXK24GCLH - (04-90) -...
  • Page 230 4-6. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: ARXD04GALH, ARXD07GALH, ARXD09GALH, „ ARXD12GALH, ARXD14GALH, ARXD18GALH, ARXD24GALH - (04-91) -...
  • Page 231 4-7. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODELS: ARXA24GBLH, ARXA30GBLH, ARXA36GBLH, „ ARXA45GBLH - (04-92) -...
  • Page 232 4-8. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXC36GBTH „ „ MODELS: ARXC45GATH, ARXC60GATH „ - (04-93) -...
  • Page 233 „ MODELS: ARXC72GBTH, ARXC90GBTH, ARXC96GATH „ - (04-94) -...
  • Page 234 4-9. LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXN018GLBH „ - (04-95) -...
  • Page 235 „ MODELS: ARXN024GTBH, ARXN030GTBH „ - (04-96) -...
  • Page 236 „ MODELS: ARXN18GATH, ARXN24GATH, ARXN30GATH, „ ARXN34GATH, ARXN36GATH, ARXN45GATH - (04-97) -...
  • Page 237 4-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODELS: ABA12GATH, ABA14GATH, ABA18GATH, „ ABA24GATH - (04-98) -...
  • Page 238 4-11. CEILING TYPE „ MODELS: ABA30GATH, ABA36GATH, ABA45GATH, „ ABA54GATH - (04-99) -...
  • Page 239 4-12. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: AGA004GCAH, AGA007GCAH, AGA009GCAH, „ AGA012GCAH, AGA014GCAH - (04-100) -...
  • Page 240 4-13. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODELS: AGE004GCAH, AGE007GCAH, AGE009GCAH, „ AGE012GCAH, AGE014GCAH, - (04-101) -...
  • Page 241 4-14. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASA004GTAH, ASA007GTAH, ASA009GTAH „ - (04-102) -...
  • Page 242 „ MODELS: ASA012GCAH, ASA014GCAH „ - (04-103) -...
  • Page 243 „ MODELS: ASA04GACH, ASA07GACH, ASA09GACH, „ ASA12GACH, ASA14GACH - (04-104) -...
  • Page 244 „ MODELS: ASA18GBCH, ASA24GBCH, „ ASA18GACH, ASA24GACH, ASA30GACH - (04-105) -...
  • Page 245 „ MODELS: ASA030GTAH, ASA034GTAH „ - (04-106) -...
  • Page 246 4-15. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODELS: ASE004GTAH, ASE007GTAH, ASE009GTAH „ - (04-107) -...
  • Page 247 „ MODELS: ASE012GCAH, ASE014GCAH „ - (04-108) -...
  • Page 248 „ MODELS: ASE04GACH, ASE07GACH, ASE09GACH, „ ASE12GACH, ASE14GACH - (04-109) -...
  • Page 249 5. AIR VELOCITY AND TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTIONS 5-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE Conditions „ MODEL: AUXB04GALH, AUXB04GBLH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 250 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-111) -...
  • Page 251 Conditions „ MODEL: AUXB07GALH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 252 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-113) -...
  • Page 253 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXB09GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 254 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-115) -...
  • Page 255 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXB12GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 256 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-117) -...
  • Page 257 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXB14GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 258 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-119) -...
  • Page 259 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXB18GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 260 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-121) -...
  • Page 261 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXB24GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 262 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-123) -...
  • Page 263 5-2. CASSETTE TYPE Conditions „ MODEL: AUXD18GALH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-124) -...
  • Page 264 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-125) -...
  • Page 265 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXD24GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-126) -...
  • Page 266 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-127) -...
  • Page 267 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODELS: AUXA18GALH, AUXA24GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-128) -...
  • Page 268 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-129) -...
  • Page 269 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXA30GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-130) -...
  • Page 270 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-131) -...
  • Page 271 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXA34GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-132) -...
  • Page 272 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s - (04-133) -...
  • Page 273 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXA36GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-134) -...
  • Page 274 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-135) -...
  • Page 275 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXA45GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-136) -...
  • Page 276 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-137) -...
  • Page 277 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXA54GALH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit : m/s - (04-138) -...
  • Page 278 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : m/s 0.25 z Air temperature distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit : °C - (04-139) -...
  • Page 279 5-3. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL: AUXM018GLAH „ Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25...
  • Page 280 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 - (04-141) -...
  • Page 281 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXM024GLAH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 282 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 - (04-143) -...
  • Page 283 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXM030GLAH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up - (04-144) -...
  • Page 284 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down - (04-145) -...
  • Page 285 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODELS: AUXK018GLAH, AUXK024GLAH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up - (04-146) -...
  • Page 286 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down - (04-147) -...
  • Page 287 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODELS: AUXK030GLAH, AUXK034GLAH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up - (04-148) -...
  • Page 288 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down - (04-149) -...
  • Page 289 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXK036GLAH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 290 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 - (04-151) -...
  • Page 291 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXK045GLAH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 292 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 - (04-153) -...
  • Page 293 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUXK054GLAH „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25...
  • Page 294 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: m/s 0.25 0.25 - (04-155) -...
  • Page 295 5-4. MINI DUCT TYPE with Auto louver grille kit „ MODELS: ARXK04GCLH, ARXK07GCLH, ARXK09GCLH „ Note: This data is measured with the Auto louver grille kit(option) installed. z Air velocity distribution Conditions „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 296 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Reference Data „ Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-157) -...
  • Page 297 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXK12GCLH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with the Auto louver grille kit(option) installed. z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 298 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Reference Data „ Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-159) -...
  • Page 299 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXK14GCLH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with the Auto louver grille kit(option) installed. z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 300 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Reference Data „ Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-161) -...
  • Page 301 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXK18GCLH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with the Auto louver grille kit(option) installed. z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 302 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Reference Data „ Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-163) -...
  • Page 303 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXK24GCLH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with the Auto louver grille kit(option) installed. z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up...
  • Page 304 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Reference Data „ Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center - (04-165) -...
  • Page 305 5-5. SLIM DUCT TYPE with Auto louver grille kit „ MODEL: ARXD04GALH (UTD-GXSA-W) „ Note: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (Optional parts). z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 306 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Voltage : 230V „ Reference Data Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 307 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXD07GALH (UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (Optional parts). Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 308 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Voltage : 230V „ Reference Data Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 309 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXD09GALH (UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (Optional parts). Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 310 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Voltage : 230V „ Reference Data Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 311 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXD12GALH (UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (Optional parts). Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 312 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Voltage : 230V „ Reference Data Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 313 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXD14GALH (UTD-GXSA-W) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (Optional parts). Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 314 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Voltage : 230V „ Reference Data Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 315 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXD18GALH (UTD-GXSB-W) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (Optional parts). Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 316 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Voltage : 230V „ Reference Data Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down...
  • Page 317 Conditions „ MODEL: ARXD24GALH (UTD-GXSC-W) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Note: This data is measured with Auto louver grille kit (Optional parts). Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s Top view...
  • Page 318 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Voltage : 230V „ Reference Data Unit: m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center z Air temperature distribution „ Unit: °C Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center...
  • Page 319 5-6. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODELS: ABA12GATH, ABA14GATH (FLOOR CONSOLE) „ Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0.25 Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view HORIZONTAL: Right...
  • Page 320 „ MODELS: ABA12GATH, ABA14GATH (UNDER CEILING) „ Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 HORIZONTAL: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 321 Conditions „ MODEL: ABA18GATH (FLOOR CONSOLE) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 Top view HORIZONTAL: Right Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 322 Conditions „ MODEL: ABA18GATH (UNDER CEILING) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 HORIZONTAL: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 323 Conditions „ MODEL: ABA24GATH (FLOOR CONSOLE) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0.25 Unit: m/s 0.25 HORIZONTAL: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 324 Conditions „ MODEL: ABA24GATH (UNDER CEILING) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit: m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit: m/s 0.25 HORIZONTAL: Right Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 325 5-7. CEILING TYPE Conditions „ MODEL: ABA30GATH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : (m / s) ( m ) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 ( m ) Unit : (m / s)
  • Page 326 Conditions „ MODEL: ABA36GATH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : (m / s) ( m ) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 ( m ) Unit : (m / s) ( m )
  • Page 327 Conditions „ MODEL: ABA45GATH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : (m / s) ( m ) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 ( m ) Unit : (m / s) ( m )
  • Page 328 „ MODEL: ABA54GATH Conditions „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right & Left 0.25 0.25 Side view...
  • Page 329 5-8. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: AGA004GCAH „ AGE004GCAH (EEV external model) Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER Unit : m/s : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER UPPER...
  • Page 330 „ MODELS: AGA007GCAH, AGA009GCAH „ AGE007GCAH, AGE009GCAH (EEV external model) Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER Unit : m/s : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER UPPER Unit : m/s...
  • Page 331 „ MODELS: AGA012GCAH „ AGE012GCAH (EEV external model) Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER Unit : m/s : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER UPPER Unit : m/s...
  • Page 332 „ MODELS: AGA014GCAH „ AGE014GCAH (EEV external model) Conditions: Unit : m/s Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER UPPER Unit : m/s...
  • Page 333 5-9. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASA004GTAH „ Conditions Fan speed : High ASE004GTAH (EEV external model) Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 334 „ MODELS: ASA007GTAH „ Conditions Fan speed : High ASE007GTAH (EEV external model) Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 335 „ MODELS: ASA009GTAH „ Conditions Fan speed : High ASE009GTAH (EEV external model) Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 336 „ MODELS: ASA012GCAH „ Conditions Fan speed : High ASE012GCAH (EEV external model) Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 337 „ MODELS: ASA014GCAH „ Conditions Fan speed : High ASE014GCAH (EEV external model) Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 338 Conditions „ MODEL: ASA04GACH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 339 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0.25 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V Reference Data Unit : °C Side view...
  • Page 340 Conditions „ MODELS: ASA07GACH, ASA09GACH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 341 Conditions „ MODEL: ASA12GACH „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 342 Conditions „ MODEL: ASA14GACH „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 343 Conditions „ MODEL: ASE04GACH (EEV external model) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 344 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0.25 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V Reference Data Unit : °C Side view...
  • Page 345 Conditions „ MODELS: ASE07GACH, ASE09GACH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 346 Conditions „ MODEL: ASE12GACH „ (EEV external model) Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 347 Conditions „ MODEL: ASE14GACH „ (EEV external model) Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 0.25 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s 0.25 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 348 „ MODEL: ASA18GBCH , ASA18GACH Conditions „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 349 „ MODEL: ASA24GBCH , ASA24GACH Conditions „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 350 Conditions „ MODEL: ASA30GACH „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 351 Conditions „ MODEL: ASA030GTAH Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 352 Conditions „ MODEL: ASA034GTAH „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Unit : m/s Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 353 6. FAN PERFORMANCE CURVE 6-1. LOW STATIC PRESSURE DUCT / CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL: ARXB07GALH „ High mode upper limit High mode Hi High mode High mode Lo lower limit Low mode upper limit Low mode Hi Low mode Lo Airflow [m Cooling Capacity...
  • Page 354 „ MODEL: ARXB09GALH „ High mode High mode Hi upper limit High mode High mode Lo lower limit Low mode upper limit Low mode Hi Low mode Lo Airflow [m Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m - (04-215) -...
  • Page 355 „ MODEL: ARXB12GALH „ High mode Hi High mode upper limit High mode High mode Lo lower limit Low mode upper limit Low mode Hi Low mode Lo Airflow [m Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m - (04-216) -...
  • Page 356 „ MODEL: ARXB14GALH „ High mode upper limit High mode Hi High mode High mode Lo lower limit Low mode upper limit Low mode Hi Low mode Lo Airflow [m Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m - (04-217) -...
  • Page 357 „ MODEL: ARXB18GALH „ High mode upper limit High mode Hi High mode High mode Lo lower limit Low mode Low mode Hi upper limit Low mode Lo 1,000 Airflow [m Cooling Outlet Temperature Capacity 1,000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1,000...
  • Page 358 6-2. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXK04GCLH „ SP mode03 Hi (SP mode03) upper limit SP mode03 Normal SP lower limit upper limit Lo (SP mode03) Hi (Normal SP) SP mode00 Normal SP upper limit lower limit Lo (Normal SP) Lo (SP Hi (SP mode00) mode00)
  • Page 359 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Airflow [m - (04-220) -...
  • Page 360 „ MODEL: ARXK07GCLH „ SP mode03 upper limit Hi (SP mode03) Normal SP SP mode03 upper limit lower limit Lo (SP mode03) SP mode00 Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit Lo (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Airflow [m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode03)
  • Page 361 Cooling Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Airflow [m - (04-222) -...
  • Page 362 „ MODEL: ARXK09GCLH „ SP mode03 upper limit Hi (SP mode03) Normal SP SP mode03 upper limit lower limit Lo (SP mode03) SP mode00 Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit Lo (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Airflow [m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode03)
  • Page 363 Cooling Capacity Capacity Outlet Outlet Temperture Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Airflow [m - (04-224) -...
  • Page 364 „ MODEL: ARXK12GCLH „ SP mode03 Hi (SP mode03) upper limit Normal SP upper limit SP mode03 Lo (SP mode03) lower limit SP mode00 Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Lo (SP Lo (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode00) mode00) Airflow [m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode03) Hi (SP mode02)
  • Page 365 Cooling Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Capacity Outlet Outlet Temperture Temperature Airflow [m Airflow [m - (04-226) -...
  • Page 366 „ MODEL: ARXK14GCLH „ Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit SP mode05 lower limit Normal SP upper limit SP mode00 upper limit Lo (SP mode05) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP Hi (SP mode00) mode00) Lo (Normal SP) 1000 Airflow [m Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode05) Hi (SP mode04)
  • Page 367 Cooling Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature 1000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature 1000 Airflow [m -100 -120 1000 Airflow [m - (04-228) -...
  • Page 368 „ MODEL: ARXK18GCLH „ Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit SP mode05 lower limit Normal SP upper limit SP mode00 upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode05) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit 1000 1100...
  • Page 369 Cooling Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 Airflow [m -100 1000 1100 Airflow [m - (04-230) -...
  • Page 370 „ MODEL: ARXK24GCLH „ Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit SP mode05 lower limit Normal SP SP mode00 upper limit upper limit Lo (SP mode05) Hi (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP Lo (Normal SP) mode00) Normal SP lower limit 1000 1100...
  • Page 371 Cooling Capacity Capacity Outlet Temperture Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Capacity Outlet Outlet Temperture Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 Airflow [m 1000 1100 1200 1300 Airflow [m - (04-232) -...
  • Page 372 6-3. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL: ARXD04GALH „ z Cooling „ SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit Lo (SP mode09) Med (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Med (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) SP mode00 Normal SP...
  • Page 373 Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed Hi (SP mode09) Hi (SP mode08) Hi (SP mode07) Hi (SP mode06) Hi (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode05) Hi (SP mode02) Hi (SP mode04) Hi (SP mode01) Hi (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode03) Airflow [m *1: Available airflow rate range when Auto louver grille (option) is installed.
  • Page 374 „ MODEL: ARXD07GALH „ SP mode09 upper limit Hi (SP mode09) Med (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Lo (SP mode09) Normal SP upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Med (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP SP mode00 lower limit upper limit Med (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00)
  • Page 375 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m - (04-236) -...
  • Page 376 „ MODEL: ARXD09GALH „ SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit Med (SP mode09) Lo (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Med (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit Med (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Airflow [m...
  • Page 377 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m - (04-238) -...
  • Page 378 „ MODEL: ARXD12GALH „ SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit Med (SP mode09) Lo (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Med (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit Lo (Normal SP) Med (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) Airflow [m...
  • Page 379 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m - (04-240) -...
  • Page 380 „ MODEL: ARXD14GALH „ SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit Med (SP mode09) Lo (SP mode09) SP mode09 Normal SP lower limit upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (NormalSP) Med (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit Med (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) 1000...
  • Page 381 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 Airflow [m - (04-242) -...
  • Page 382 „ MODEL: ARXD18GALH „ Hi (SP mode09) SP mode09 upper limit Med (SP mode09) Lo (SP mode09) SP mode09 Normal SP lower limit upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) Med (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Med (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) 1000...
  • Page 383 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 Airflow [m - (04-244) -...
  • Page 384 „ MODEL: ARXD24GALH „ SP mode05 upper limit Hi (SP mode05) Normal SP Med (SP mode05) upper limit Med (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode05) Lo (Normal SP) HSP mode05 lower limit SP mode00 upper limit Med (SP mode00) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) 1000...
  • Page 385 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 Airflow [m - (04-246) -...
  • Page 386 6-4. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXA24GBLH „ Hi (SP mode14) SP mode14 upper limit SP mode14 lower limit Lo (SP mode14) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP SP mode00 lower limit upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00)
  • Page 387 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature Airflow [m 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 Airflow [m - (04-248) -...
  • Page 388 „ MODEL: ARXA30GBLH „ Hi (SP mode14) SP mode14 upper limit SP mode14 lower limit Lo (SP mode14) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit SP mode00 upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700...
  • Page 389 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 Airflow [m - (04-250) -...
  • Page 390 „ MODEL: ARXA36GBLH „ Hi (SP mode12) SP mode12 upper limit SP mode12 lower limit Lo (SP mode12) Normal SP upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) SP mode00 Normal SP upper limit lower limit Lo (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) 1000 1100 1200...
  • Page 391 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 Airflow [m - (04-252) -...
  • Page 392 „ MODEL: ARXA45GBLH „ Hi (SP mode11) SP mode11 upper limit SP mode11 lower limit Normal SP upper limit Lo (SP mode11) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP SP mode00 lower limit upper limit Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) 1000 1100 1200...
  • Page 393 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 Airflow [m - (04-254) -...
  • Page 394 6-5. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXC36GBTH „ Hi (SP mode16) SP mode16 upper limit SP mode16 lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP upper limit Normal SP lower limit Lo (SP mode16) Hi (SP mode02) Lo (Normal SP) SP mode02 upper limit Lo (SP mode02)
  • Page 395 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1800 2000 2200 1000 1200 1400 1600 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1800 2000 2200 1000 1200 1400 1600 Airflow [m - (04-256) -...
  • Page 396 „ MODEL: ARXC45GATH „ 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow [m Cooling Outlet Temperature Capacity 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow [m - (04-257) -...
  • Page 397 „ MODEL: ARXC60GATH „ 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow [m Cooling Outlet Temperature Capacity 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Airflow [m - (04-258) -...
  • Page 398 „ MODEL: ARXC72GBTH „ Hi (SP mode27) SP mode27 SP mode27 upper limit lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP upper limit Lo (SP mode27) Normal SP lower limit Lo (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode04) SP mode04 upper limit Lo (SP mode04) 2000 2200 2400...
  • Page 399 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 4000 2000 2200 2400 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4200 4400 2600 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 3000 Airflow [m - (04-260) -...
  • Page 400 „ MODEL: ARXC90GBTH „ Hi (SP mode24) SP mode24 upper limit SP mode24 lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode24) Normal SP upper limit Normal SP lower limit Lo (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit Lo (SP mode05) 2600 2800 3000...
  • Page 401 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 2600 2800 3200 3600 4000 3000 3400 3800 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 Airflow [m - (04-262) -...
  • Page 402 „ MODEL: ARXC96GATH „ Hi (SP mode29) SP mode29 upper limit SP mode29 lower limit Normal SP upper limit Lo (SP mode24) Hi (Normal SP) SP mode05 upper limit Normal SP lower limit Lo (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode05) Lo (SP mode05) 3000 4000 5000...
  • Page 403 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 4000 5000 6000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 4000 5000 6000 Airflow [m - (04-264) -...
  • Page 404 6-6. LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXN018GLBH „ SP mode 08 Hi (SP mode 08) upper limit Med (SP mode08) Normal SP upper limit SP mode 08 lower limit Lo (SP mode10) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) Med (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit Normal SP...
  • Page 405 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 Airflow [m - (04-266) -...
  • Page 406 „ MODEL: ARXN024GTBH „ Hi (SP mode10) SP mode 10 upper limit Med (SP mode10) SP mode 10 lower limit Normal SP upper limit Lo (SP mode10) Hi (Normal SP) Med (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit Lo (Normal Med (SP SP mode 00 mode00) upper limit...
  • Page 407 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 Airflow [m - (04-268) -...
  • Page 408 „ MODEL: ARXN030GTBH „ Hi (SP mode10) SP mode 10 upper limit Normal SP upper limit Med (SP SP mode 10 mode10) lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode10) Med (Normal SP) Lo (Normal Normal SP SP mode 00 lower limit upper limit Lo (SP...
  • Page 409 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 Airflow [m - (04-270) -...
  • Page 410 „ MODEL: ARXN18GATH „ (SP mode10) (SP mode08) (SP mode09) (SP mode06) (SP mode07) (Normal SP) 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 Airflow [m - (04-271) -...
  • Page 411 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 Airflow [m - (04-272) -...
  • Page 412 „ MODEL: ARXN24GATH „ (SP mode14) (SP mode15) (SP mode12) (SP mode13) (SP mode10) (SP mode11) (SP mode08) (SP mode09) (SP mode06) (SP mode07) (Normal SP) 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 Airflow [m - (04-273) -...
  • Page 413 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 Airflow [m - (04-274) -...
  • Page 414 „ MODEL: ARXN30GATH „ (SP mode24) (SP mode22) (SP mode25) (SP mode20) (SP mode23) (SP mode18) (SP mode21) (SP mode16) (SP mode19) (SP mode14) (SP mode17) (SP mode12) (SP mode15) (SP mode10) (SP mode13) (SP mode08) (SP mode11) (SP mode06) (SP mode09) (SP mode07) (Normal SP)
  • Page 415 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 Airflow [m - (04-276) -...
  • Page 416 „ MODEL: ARXN34GATH „ (SP mode24) (SP mode22) (SP mode20) (SP mode25) (SP mode18) (SP mode23) (SP mode16) (SP mode21) (SP mode14) (SP mode19) (SP mode12) (SP mode17) (SP mode10) (SP mode15) (SP mode08) (SP mode13) (SP mode06) (SP mode11) (SP mode09) (SP mode07) (Normal SP)
  • Page 417 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Airflow [m - (04-278) -...
  • Page 418 „ MODEL: ARXN36GATH „ (SP mode24) (SP mode25) (SP mode22) (SP mode20) (SP mode23) (SP mode18) (SP mode16) (SP mode14) (SP mode21) (SP mode12) (SP mode19) (SP mode10) (SP mode17) (SP mode08) (SP mode15) (Normal SP) (SP mode13) (SP mode11) (SP mode09) (SP mode07) (SP mode05)
  • Page 419 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Airflow [m - (04-280) -...
  • Page 420 „ MODEL: ARXN45GATH „ (SP mode24) (SP mode25) (SP mode22) (SP mode20) (SP mode23) (SP mode18) (SP mode16) (SP mode14) (SP mode21) (SP mode12) (SP mode19) (SP mode10) (SP mode17) (SP mode08) (SP mode15) (Normal SP) (SP mode13) (SP mode11) (SP mode09) (SP mode07) (SP mode05)
  • Page 421 Cooling Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Airflow [m Heating Capacity Outlet Temperature 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Airflow [m - (04-282) -...
  • Page 422 6-7. CEILING TYPE (FRESH AIR) „ MODELS: ABA30GATH, ABA36GATH, ABA45GATH, „ ABA54GATH z Airflow volume - Static pressure of Fresh air intake characteristics „ AB30 AB36,45,54 Airflow [m /min] z Installation „ For half concealed installation Fresh air inlet position UTD-RF204 (Optional parts) Flexible duct *1 *1 : Locally procured parts...
  • Page 423 6-8. CASSETTE TYPE, CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE (FRESH AIR) „ MODELS: AUXM018GLAH, AUXM024GLAH, AUXM030GLAH, „ AUXK018GLAH, AUXK024GLAH, AUXK030GLAH, AUXK034GLAH, AUXK036GLAH, AUXK045GLAH, AUXK054GLAH, AUXD18GALH, AUXD24GALH, AUXA18GALH, AUXA24GALH, AUXA30GALH, AUXA34GALH,AUXA36GALH, AUXA45GALH AUXA54GALH z Airflow volume - Static pressure of Fresh air intake characteristics „...
  • Page 424 7. AIRFLOW Airflow Airflow Type Model Type Model High High 1620 AUXB04 GBLH / Med *1 450 / 420 125 / 117 265 / 247 Me-Hi 1500 GALH AUXK036 Low *1 350 / 300 97 / 83 206 / 177 1400 GLAH High...
  • Page 425 Airflow Airflow Type Model Type Model High High 1280 ARXA24 Me-Hi GBLH ARXK04 GCLH Lo-Hi High 1410 ARXA30 1280 Medium GBLH Quiet 1150 static pressure High High 1840 1083 ARXA36 duct Me-Hi 1600 GBLH ARXK07 1470 GCLH Lo-Hi High 1970 1160 ARXA45 1860...
  • Page 426 Airflow Airflow Type Model Type Model High 1630 High *1 380 / 430 106 / 119 224 / 253 AB  A30 1370 Me-Hi GATH AG  E004 1140 GCAH High 1690 Lo-Hi AB  A36 1400 GATH 1170 Quiet Ceiling High 2010...
  • Page 427 Airflow Airflow Type Model Type Model High High Me-Hi Me-Hi AS  A004 AS  E004 GTAH GTAH Lo-Hi Lo-Hi Quiet Quiet High High Me-Hi Me-Hi AS  A007 AS  E007 GTAH GTAH Lo-Hi Lo-Hi Quiet Quiet High High Me-Hi Me-Hi AS ...
  • Page 428 8. NOISE LEVEL CURVE 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUXB04GBLH, AUXB04GALH „ z COOLING z HEATING „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 N C -45 N C -40...
  • Page 429 „ MODEL: AUXB12GALH „ MODEL: AUXB14GALH „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 H igh N C -45 H igh N C -40 N C -40 N C -35...
  • Page 430 8-2. CASSETTE TYPE „ MODEL: AUXD18GALH „ MODEL: AUXD24GALH „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 H igh N C -45 N C -45 M ed H igh N C -40...
  • Page 431 „ MODEL: AUXA34GALH „ MODEL: AUXA36GALH „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 H igh N C -50 N C -50 H igh M ed N C -45 M ed N C -45 N C -40...
  • Page 432 8-3. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ MODEL: AUXM018GLAH „ MODEL: AUXM024GLAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 High High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 433 „ MODELS: AUXK030GLAH „ MODEL: AUXK036GLAH „ AUXK034GLAH NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz „...
  • Page 434 8-4. LOW STATIC PRESSURE DUCT / CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL: ARXB07GALH „ MODEL: ARXB09GALH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 435 „ MODEL: ARXB12GALH „ MODEL: ARXB14GALH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz „...
  • Page 436 8-5. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXK04GCLH „ MODELS: ARXK07GCLH „ ARXK09GCLH NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 High High NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 437 „ MODEL: ARXK18GCLH „ MODEL: ARXK24GCLH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 High High NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-298) -...
  • Page 438 8-6. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL: ARXD04GALH „ z COOLING z HEATING „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 N C -45 N C -40...
  • Page 439 „ MODEL: ARXD12GALH „ MODEL: ARXD14GALH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 High NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz „...
  • Page 440 8-7. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXA24GBLH „ MODEL: ARXA30GBLH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...
  • Page 441 8-8. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXC36GBTH „ MODEL: ARXC45GATH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...
  • Page 442 „ MODEL: ARXC72GBTH „ MODEL: ARXC90GBTH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High High NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz „...
  • Page 443 8-9. LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARXN018GLBH „ MODEL: ARXN024GTBH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 444 „ MODEL: ARXN18GATH „ MODEL: ARXN24GATH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz „...
  • Page 445 „ MODELS: ARXN36GATH „ ARXN45GATH NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-306) -...
  • Page 446 8-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODEL: ABA12GATH „ MODEL: ABA14GATH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 447 8-11. CEILING TYPE „ MODEL: ABA30GATH „ MODEL: ABA36GATH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz...
  • Page 448 8-12. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL: AGA004GCAH „ MODEL: AGA007GCAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 449 „ MODEL: AGA014GCAH „ NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 High NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-310) -...
  • Page 450 8-13. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODEL: AGE004GCAH „ MODEL: AGE007GCAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...
  • Page 451 „ MODEL: AGE014GCAH „ NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 High NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-312) -...
  • Page 452 8-14. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODEL: ASA004GTAH „ MODEL: ASA007GTAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 High High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 453 „ MODEL: ASA012GCAH „ MODEL: ASA014GCAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 H igh H igh NC-45 NC-45 H igh H igh NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...
  • Page 454 „ MODEL: ASA04GACH „ z COOLING z HEATING „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 N C -45 N C -40 N C -40 H igh H igh...
  • Page 455 „ MODEL: ASA12GACH „ MODEL: ASA14GACH „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 H igh N C -45 N C -45 H igh N C -40 N C -40 M ed...
  • Page 456 „ MODELS: ASA18GBCH „ MODELS: ASA24GBCH „ ASA18GACH ASA24GACH NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 High NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz...
  • Page 457 „ MODEL: ASA030GTAH „ MODEL: ASA034GTAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 High High NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-318) -...
  • Page 458 8-15. WALL MOUNTED TYPE (EEV external model) „ MODEL: ASE004GTAH „ MODEL: ASE007GTAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...
  • Page 459 „ MODEL: ASE012GCAH „ MODEL: ASE014GCAH „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 H igh NC-45 NC-45 H igh NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz...
  • Page 460 „ MODEL: ASE04GACH „ z COOLING z HEATING „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 N C -45 N C -40 N C -40 N C -35 N C -35...
  • Page 461 „ MODEL: ASE12GACH „ MODEL: ASE14GACH „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 H igh N C -45 N C -45 H igh N C -40 N C -40 M ed...
  • Page 462 „ SOUND LEVEL CHECK POINT „ z Compact cassette type z Mini duct type „ z Cassette type z Slim duct type „ z Low static pressure duct type z Medium static pressure duct type z High static pressure duct type z Large airflow duct type 1.5m 1.5m...
  • Page 463 9. SAFETY DEVICES Fan motor Terminal Float Model and type Fuse thermal thermal fuse switch protector Activate (at 125±10°C ): Fan motor stop AUXB04GBLH Reset (at 120±10°C): Fan motor restart AUXB04GALH 250V ○ AUXB07GALH Compact cassette Activate (at 140±20°C): 3.15A AUXB09GALH Fan motor stop AUXB12GALH...
  • Page 464 Fan motor Terminal Float Model and type Fuse thermal thermal fuse switch protector Activate (at 135±15°C ): Fan motor stop ARXA24GBLH Reset (at 115±15°C): Fan Medium static 250V motor restart *2) Activate (at 115±15°C ): ARXA30GBLH pressure duct Fan motor stop ARXA36GBLH Reset (at 70°C or less): ARXA45GBLH...
  • Page 465 Fan motor Terminal Float Model and type Fuse thermal thermal fuse switch protector Activate (at 160±25°C ): AS  A004GTAH Fan motor stop AS  A007GTAH Reset (at 110±25°C): Fan AS  A009GTAH motor restart Activate (at 160±25°C ): AS  A012GCAH Fan motor stop Reset (at 110±25°C): Fan AS ...
  • Page 466 5. CONTROL SYSTEM DTV_VR2E018E_12--CHAPTER05 2017.10.31...
  • Page 467 CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ..............05 - 01 1-1. LINE UP OF CONTROLLERS ..............05 - 01 1-2. CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN ..............05 - 04 1-3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES ..........05 - 05 1-4. FEATURES OF CONTROL SYSTEM ............05 - 13 1-5.
  • Page 468 CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 2-16. REMOTE SENSOR UNIT ................05 - 110 2-17. GROUP CONTROL METHOD ..............05 - 112 2-18. COMPARISON TABLE OF CONTROLLERS ..........05 - 114 ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR UNITS ......... 05 - 116 3-1. NETWORK CONVERTOR ................. 05 - 117 3-1-1.

  • Page 469: Line Up Of Controllers

    1. CONTROL SYSTEM 1-1. LINE UP OF CONTROLLERS „ FEATURES OF CONTROL SYSTEM „ Installation Work Saving Control System Configuration Expansion Simplified wiring and reduced installation cost Optimum system configuration by various by the use of non-polar 2-core transmission controller combinations, allowing for various lines.
  • Page 470 Air Conditioning Central Control Web Monitoring Tool Trouble-shooting is performed by monitoring each air System Controller, System Controller Lite, Touch conditioning unit remotely during periodical system checks. Panel Controller, Central Remote Controller and Group Remote Controller specially designed for centralized control.
  • Page 471 Air Conditioning Individual Control A range of Remote Controllers suitable for a wide range of individual control situations, using various built-in timers. Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) UTY-RNRZ, UTY-RNRZ Wired remote controller with the largest LCD touch panel in the industry Wired Remote Controller UTY-RNK...

  • Page 472: Control System Design

    1-2. CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN „ ADVANCED INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM „ Building Air Conditioning Air Conditioning System Management Central Control Individual Control General-purpose Building Wired Remote Controller BACnet® Gateway Control Controller USB *2 Connectable to various sized Adaptor BMS/BAS *1 (Locally purchased) To Outdoor units UTY-RNK...

  • Page 473: System Configuration Examples

    1-3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES „ INDIVIDUAL CONTROL „ Wired Remote Controller (2-wire) Single control Multiple control for ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one wired for private room meeting room etc. remote controller. ● Wired and wireless remote controllers can be used jointly.
  • Page 474 External Switch Controller Single control for hotel room with switch ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one external switch controller. ● In combination with a locally purchased card-key switch or other sensor, External switch controller Ext.SW Ext.SW allows control of basic functions by the hotel or office Controller...
  • Page 475 „ CENTRAL CONTROL „ Group Remote Controller ● Up to 8 remote controller groups can be controlled with one group remote controller. ● Up to 4 Group remote controllers can be connected to a single network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1). ● One network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) is allowed 2 refrigerant systems. ●...
  • Page 476 Touch Panel Controller ● Up to 400 indoor units / 400 groups can be controlled with one touch panel controller. ● Up to a total of 16 network convertors, central remote controllers and touch panel controllers, group remote controller and network convertor for LONWORKS® can be connected to a single VRF network system. Commercial building (Medium class) Office floor To outdoor...
  • Page 477 System Controller ● UP to 1600 (400 x 4 VRF network system) indoor units / 1600 groups can be controlled with one System Controller. Administrator's room ● Incorporates a function that automatically calculates electrical charge. One System Controller per 4 VRF network systems USB Adaptor System Commercial building (Large class)
  • Page 478 Touch Panel Controller can perform as a remote central control. Remote central control ( Monitored from up to 100 users *1) Personal Computer Personal Computer Site with VRF system Internet Personal Computer Touch Panel Controller Personal Computer Personal Computer *1: Up to 4 administrators and 10 general users can log in simultaneously. - (05 - 10) -...
  • Page 479 „ INDOOR UNIT TYPE AND THE APPLICABLE CONTROL METHOD „ Wired Remote External Wired Remote Wired Remote Simple Remote Wireless Remote Wireless LAN Controller Switch Controller Controller Controller Controller Adapter (Touch panel) Controller UTY-RSR  UTY-RNR  UTY-RHR UTY-LNH UTY-TERX ...
  • Page 480 „ CONVERTORS (ADAPTORS) AND RELATED EQUIPMENTS „ (SYSTEM) Within VRF network system System Touch Central Group ® System BACnet Controller Panel Remote Remote Monitoring Service Tool Controller Gateway Lite Controller Controller Controller Tool UTY- UTY- UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-CGG  UTY-AMGXZ1 UTY-ASGXZ1 ABGXZ1 DTG ...

  • Page 481: Features Of Control System

    „ - By adopting a separate interface, it is possible to connect other products and systems by FUJITSU GENERAL such as Single type models (excluding some models), J series or Multi air conditioner for buildings (e.g. Big multi). (Refer to 3-1. NETWORK CONVERTOR.) ●...

  • Page 482: Wiring System

    1-5. WIRING SYSTEM ● Wiring configulation of the control system is made of power source wiring, transmission wiring, and remote controller wiring. ● Total wiring length (total length of transmission line) can be extended up to 3,600 m (by using signal amplifiers). System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 or System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 Max.

  • Page 483: Control Equipment Design Limitation

    1-6. CONTROL EQUIPMENT DESIGN LIMITATION Number of Number of Necessary Connectable Model connectable manageable equipment outdoor units units Indoor units UTY-APGXZ1 1600 System Controller USB Adaptor 1 / system UTY-APGX (4 VRF Networks) (4 VRF Networks) UTY-ALGXZ1 System Controller Lite USB Adaptor 1 / system UTY-ALGX...
  • Page 484 Model The number that can be connected Remarks UTY-LNH  Wireless Remote Controller UTY-LNHGU UTY-RNR  Wired Remote Controller UTY-RNR  (Touch panel) UTY-RNR  Wired Remote Controller UTY-RLR  4 / Remote control group 2-wire type Simple Remote Controller Individual UTY-RSR Controller...

  • Page 485: Control Units

    2. CONTROL UNITS z System Controller „ z System Controller Lite „ z Touch Panel Controller „ z Central Remote Controller „ z Group Remote Controller „ z Wired Remote Controller „ z Simple Remote Controller „ (With operation mode) (Without operation mode) z Wireless Remote Controller „...

  • Page 486: System Controller

    2-1. SYSTEM CONTROLLER 2-1-1. MODEL: UTY-APGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2) This system realizes the advanced general monitoring & control of VRF system from small scale buildings to large scale buildings. ● Maximum of 4 network systems, 1600 indoor units can be controlled. ●...
  • Page 487 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 488 „ SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION „ VRF Controller VRF Explorer White USB Key UTY-APGXZ1 White USB Key unnecessary White USB Key UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Local Site Remote Site Option (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF Controller) con- nected to the VRF network system, and multiple remote site PCs (VRF Explorer) can be con- nected to VRF Controller via Internet or LAN.
  • Page 489 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY- UTY- UTY- PEGXZ1 PPGXP2 Type Function Remark APGXZ1 Option Option Max. System Controller per VRF Network Site with up to 4 VRF networks may be Max. VRF networks supported administered with 1 System Controller System Max.
  • Page 490 UTY- UTY- UTY- PEGXZ1 PPGXP2 Type Function Remark APGXZ1 Option Option External device control function WEB Operation User control Authorization level setting. Database import / export (manual) Periodical backup The refrigerant systems of non-operation Others status function Auto Start Setting English, Chinese, French, German, Spanish, Multiple language display Russian, Polish.

  • Page 491: Model: Uty-Apgx (Option: Uty-Pegx)

    2-1-2. MODEL: UTY-APGX (Option: UTY-PEGX) This system realizes the advanced general monitoring & control of VRF system from small scale buildings to large scale buildings. ● Maximum of 4 network systems, 1600 indoor units can be controlled. ● In addition to air conditioning precision control function, central remote control, electricity charge calculation, schedule management, and energy saving functions are strengthened and building manager and owner needs are met.
  • Page 492 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 493 „ SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION „ VRF Controller VRF Explorer WibuKey UTY-APGX WibuKey unnecessary WibuKey UTY-PEGX Local Site Option Remote Site (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers System Controller UTY-APGX can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF Controller) connect- ed to the VRF network system, and multiple remote site PCs (VRF Explorer) can be connected to VRF Controller via Internet or LAN.
  • Page 494 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY-PEGX Type Function UTY-APGX Remark Option Max. System Controller per VRF Network Site with up to 4 VRF networks may be Max. VRF networks supported administered with 1 System Controller System specification Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per VRF network Max.

  • Page 495: System Controller Lite

    2-2. SYSTEM CONTROLLER LITE 2-2-1. MODEL: UTY-ALGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2) System Controller Lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options, electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. ●...
  • Page 496 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. (*1) ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 497 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC that the System Controller is installed. System Controller WHITE-USB-KEY runs only on a PC with this . However, this WHITE-USB-KEY WibuKey is not required for remote VRF Explorer software.
  • Page 498 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1, ® Windows 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 ® ® ® • Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit), Windows 8.1 Pro (32-bit or 64-bit) Operating system ®...
  • Page 499 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- PLGXA2 PLGXR2 PLGXE2 PLGXP2 PLGXX2 Type Function Remark ALGXZ1 Option Option Option Option Option Max. System Controller Lite per VRF Network Max. VRF networks supported System specification Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per VRF network Max.
  • Page 500 UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- PLGXA2 PLGXR2 PLGXE2 PLGXP2 PLGXX2 Type Function Remark ALGXZ1 Option Option Option Option Option External device control function WEB Operation User control Authorization level setting. Database import / export Periodical backup The refrigerant systems of non- Others operation status function Auto Start Setting...
  • Page 501 2-2-2. MODEL: UTY-ALGX (Option: UTY-PLGXA1, UTY-PLGXR1, UTY-PLGXE1) System Controller Lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options, electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. ●...
  • Page 502 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. (*1) ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 503 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application DVD-ROM *1 Includes the software and manuals for System Controller Lite. Both VRF Controller and VRF Explorer software are included. WibuKey Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC that the System Controller is installed.
  • Page 504 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1, ® Windows 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 ® ® ® • Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit), Windows 8.1 Pro (32-bit or 64-bit) Operating system ®...
  • Page 505 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- PLGXA1 PLGXR1 PLGXE1 Type Function Remark ALGX Option Option Option Max. System Controller Lite per VRF Network — — — Max. VRF networks supported — — — Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per System specification —...

  • Page 506: Touch Panel Controller

    2-3. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-DTGZ1 (Option: UTY-PTGXA) „ „ MODEL: UTY-DTG „ ● Large-sized 7.5-inch TFT color. ● LCD easy finger touch operation. ● Stylish shape and design to suit all application. ● No additional component is required for installation. ●...
  • Page 507 „ FUNCTIONS „ z MODEL: UTY-DTG  Z1 „ Item Description Main unit PC / Tablet Indoor unit registration. Max. 400 units. Indoor unit registration (Set data can be written to and read from USB flash drive) Installation Temperature set point limitation, external input, central Functions setting operation on/off setting.
  • Page 508 ● When Start/Stop, operation mode setting, room temp. setting, fan speed setting, air flow direction setting, swing setting, economy mode, and anti freeze setting are changed frequently by using the central controller like System Controller, Touch Panel Controller, etc. or from Building Management System (BMS) via BACnet Gateway or via ®...
  • Page 509 z MODEL: UTY-DTG  „ Item Description Language setting Design considering multi-language correspondence. *1 Indoor unit registration. Max. 400 units. Indoor unit registration Installation (Set data can be written to and read from USB flash drive) Temperature set point limitation, external input, central operation Functions setting on/off setting.
  • Page 510 „ STATE TRANSITION DIAGRAM „ Power ON Finish Indoor unit registration Installer setting ● Language setting ● Time zone setting *1 ● Date and time setting ● Touch panel address setting ● Indoor unit registration ● Function settings of Touch Panel Controller Monitor &...
  • Page 511 „ MAIN FUNCTIONS AND SCREEN EXAMPLES „ z Monitor display example „ An easy-to-use display mode can be selected. Easy-to-understand GUI of adopted icon. Icon display List display example z Operation setting example „ Large button is designed for easy to access. Operation setting display Optional setting display - (05 - 43) -...
  • Page 512 z Group setting „ Groups can be arbitrarily set in easy to manage units as shown in the figure. Control and monitoring are performed in these group units. Group: Hallway Group: 3F Group: Group: Division A Group: Division B Division C Touch Panel Group: 2F Controller...
  • Page 513 z System schedule timer „ Annual schedule can be set of a maximum 30 items. Schedule setting screen z History recording and display „ Error, status and operation histories can be recorded. Each recording can be also written to USB flash drive. ●...
  • Page 514 „ SCREEN EXAMPLES (For Remote monitoring) „ z Main screens of Monitor Mode example „ Icon display List display z Main screens of Control example „ Operation setting display - (05 - 46) -...
  • Page 515 „ INSTALLATION „ z Installation space „ When installing Touch Panel Controller in a row, keep the space shown below from the surrounding projecting parts. 100mm or more 200mm 200mm 200mm or more or more or more Wall 100mm or more NOTE: The switchbox that Touch Panel Controller is to be mounted to should be installed horizontally in advance.
  • Page 516 z Terminal names „ Names of connection terminals in rear cover. Power supply cable Transmission cable through hole connection terminals Transmission cable Power supply cable through hole connection terminals EXTERNAL INPUT TRANSMISSION POWER SUPPLY X1 X2 K1 K2 K1 K2 External input Power supply ®...
  • Page 517 z Installation method „ Refer to an installation manual for the details. Transmission Transmission Power supply cable power supply cable cable cable Switch box Switch box Hole in wall Hole in wall Installation plate Installation plate Power supply power supply cable cable Screw...
  • Page 518 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) Top view Touch pen Touch panel USB port Front view Side view Side view Installation plate Rear view „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application For Touch Panel Controller installation Installation plate (It is attached to the back of the Touch Panel Controller) Screw for Touch Panel Controller installation Screw...
  • Page 519 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 1 ø AC100-240 V 50/60 Hz, 1.25 mm Maximum Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground 0.5 mm Minimum (Always ground the unit) LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar ORKS ® 0.33 Transmission cable 2-core, twisted pair solid core...
  • Page 520 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ When using for touch panel controller, the following personal computer system requirement is necessary. 2 GHz or higher Memory 2 GB or more 10 GB or more of free space Display 1366 × 768 or higher resolution •...

  • Page 521: Central Remote Controller

    2-4. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-DCG „ ● Individual control and monitor of 100 indoor units. ● 5-inch TFT color screen. ● User friendly view and easy operation. ● External input / output contact. ● Detachable power supply unit. ●...
  • Page 522 „ MAIN FUNCTIONS AND SCREEN EXAMPLES „ z Individual control zRemote controller prohibition „ „ (On / Off, Mode, Set Temp, Fan Speed, (All, On / Off, Mode, Temp, Timer, Filter): Airflow Direction, Anti Freeze, Economy) R.C prohibition setting prohibits individual remote control operation from this controller.
  • Page 523 z Automatic clock adjustment „ The time setting of each controller can be set in batch automatically. z Error history „ ● Able to memorize Max. 200 Errors. ● Suitable maintenance is possible by analysis of the error history data. z Main screen display auto switching „...
  • Page 524 „ INSTALLATION „ z Installation space „ Make a service space to perform installation work. (Unit : mm) Service space z Terminal names „ ● Power supply unit Power supply terminal POWER SUPPLY Screw size: M4 Ground Power supply cable Reley connector output: DC 5 V Power supply...
  • Page 525 z Installation method „ Setting pattern 1: Integrated type Setting pattern 2: Separate type Ceiling Power supply unit Power supply unit Wall Extension cable Control panel (Service parts) Control panel Wall ● Integrated type Refer to an installation manual for the details. Transmission cable Power supply cable One touch bush...
  • Page 526 ● Separate type Screw × 2 (Accessories) Screw × 2 Screw × 4 Screw × 2 (Accessories) Ceiling Screw × 2 Power unit cover One touch bush × 2 Holder Cut out Wall (When wiring the transmission cable in Extension cable Cable tie ×...
  • Page 527 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) z Control unit z Power supply unit „ „ 25.7 Top view Front view Side view 2-Ø5 39.2 Front view Side view Rear view „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Controller unit Power supply unit For power supply unit installation Holder...
  • Page 528 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 1 ø AC100–240 V 50/60 Hz, 1.25 mm Maximum Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground 0.5 mm Minimum (Always ground the unit) LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar 0.33 compatible ORKS ®...

  • Page 529: Group Remote Controller

    2-5. GROUP REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-CGG, UTY-CGGGU „ ● Control and monitoring of up to 8 remote controller groups is possible with one group remote controller. ● The optional network convertor (Model name: UTY-VGGXZ1) allows up to 4 Group Remote Controllers to be incorporated within the control layout.
  • Page 530 „ FUNCTIONS „ Indoor Unit Timer setting at all the Operation Indicators connected indoor units is possible by centralized timer Timer setting at all the connected indoor units With cover closed is possible by centralized timer on the front on the front panel. panel.
  • Page 531 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z When connecting one group z When multiple group remote „ „ remote controller controllers are connected Remote Network convertor Network convertor controller cable Network convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) (UTY-VGGXZ1) (UTY-VGGXZ1) ● Total remote controller cable length : Max. 100 m. ●...
  • Page 532 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Use this for writing the names of the indoor units that Label have been registered. Screw For installing the remote controller (M4 × 16 mm) Cable tie For remote controller and remote controller cable binding Installation manual Operating manual „...

  • Page 533: Wired Remote Controller (Touch Panel)

    2-6. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) „ MODEL: UTY-RNRZ2, UTY-RNRZ1, UTY-RNRZ „ ● Easy finger touch operation with LCD panel ● Built-in Weekly/Daily timer (On/Off, Temp., Mode) ● The backlit LCD enables easy operation in a dark room ● Room temperature display ●...
  • Page 534 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z Multiple remote control „ Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. I.U. I.U. I.U. I.U. Master Master Slave Master Slave Slave Master Slave Slave Slave A, B, C, D : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications.) A ≤...
  • Page 535 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z Single control z Multiple remote control „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Y2 Y3 When there is a When there is a functional earthing functional earthing Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller z Group control „...
  • Page 536 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 537 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application CD-ROM Screw For installing the remote controller × 16 mm) For remote controller and remote Cable tie controller cable binding Installation manual Operating manual „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Cable size Wire type Model name Remarks UTY-RNRZ2...

  • Page 538: Wired Remote Controller

    2-7. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-RLR „ ● Various timer setup (ON / OFF / WEEKLY) are possible. ● Equipped with weekly timer as standard function. (Start / Stop, Temp, Mode function is twice per day for a week) ●...
  • Page 539 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z Single control z Multiple remote control „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Y2 Y3 When there is a When there is a functional earthing functional earthing Remote Remote Remote controller controller controller z Group control „...
  • Page 540 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ Note: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 541 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application CD-ROM Screw For installing the remote controller (M4 x 16mm) For remote controller and remote Cable tie controller cable binding Installation manual Operating manual „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Cable size Wire type Model name Remarks Remote controller Non polar...

  • Page 542: Wired Remote Controller

    2-8. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-RNK „ ● Various timer setup available (ON / OFF / WEEKLY). ● Equipped with weekly timer as standard function. (Start / Stop function is twice per day for a week.) ● When setting up a timer, start / stop and the temperature setup can be changed.
  • Page 543 „ FUNCTIONS „ START/STOP button Pressed to start and stop operation. Set Temperature button Selects the setting temperature.(18-30°C[COOL], 10-30°C[HEAT]) Display Operation mode button  2 Selects the operating mode (AUTO 1, COOL , DRY ,  3, HEAT  4). Fan control button Selects the fan speed (AUTO , LOW...
  • Page 544 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 2 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit A , B , C : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications. < < 500 m ; B+C 500 m Master Slave Remote controller...
  • Page 545 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 546 22AWG Use shielded cable (locally purchased) in UTY-RNKYT accordance with the regional cable standard. *2 : UTY-RNKY (FUJITSU BRAND), UTY-RNKG (GENERAL BRAND), UTY-RNKYT (Oceania MODEL) „ SPECIFICATIONS „ Model name UTY - RNK Dimensions [H × W × D] (mm) 120 ×...

  • Page 547: Simple Remote Controller (With Operation Mode)

    2-9. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (With Operation mode) 2-9-1. MODEL: UTY-RSR ● Easy operation. ● Stylish design ● Large LCD screen & simple operation buttons ● Built-in background light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●...
  • Page 548 „ FUNCTIONS „ START/STOP button Pressed to start and stop operation. LED lamp Lights during operation. Operation mode button Selects the operating mode. Set temperature button Selects the setting temperature. (18 to 30°C or 20 to 30°C [COOL], 10 to 30°C [HEAT]) * The lower limit of the setting temperature is different depending on the place of use.
  • Page 549 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 4 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C , D , E : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications. <...
  • Page 550 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type All Compact floor type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 551 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Wired remote controller Installation manual Operating manual CD-ROM For installing the remote controller Screw (M4 × 16mm) For binding remote controller and Cable tie remote controller cable „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Cable type Size Remarks...

  • Page 552: Model: Uty-Rsk

    2-9-2. MODEL: UTY-RSK ● Easy operation. ● Built-in background light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ● Error history. (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) ● Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled. ●...
  • Page 553 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 2 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications. < <...
  • Page 554 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 555 Remote controller Polar 3 core Use sheathed PVC cable. cable 22AWG UTY-RSKG *2 : UTY-RSKY (FUJITSU BRAND), UTY-RSKG (GENERAL BRAND) „ SPECIFICATIONS „ UTY - RSKY Model name UTY - RSKYT UTY - RSKG Dimensions [H × W × D] (mm) 120 ×...

  • Page 556: Simple Remote Controller (Without Operation Mode)

    2-10. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (Without Operation mode) 2-10-1. MODEL: UTY-RHR ● Easy operation. ● Stylish design ● Large LCD screen & simple operation buttons ● Built-in background light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●...
  • Page 557 „ FUNCTIONS „ START/STOP button Pressed to start and stop operation. LED lamp Lights during operation. Set temperature button Selects the setting temperature. (18 to 30°C or 20 to 30°C [COOL], 10 to 30°C [HEAT]) * The lower limit of the setting temperature is different depending on the place of use.
  • Page 558 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 4 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C , D , E : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications. <...
  • Page 559 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 560 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Wired remote controller Installation manual Operating manual CD-ROM For installing the remote controller Screw (M4 × 16mm) For binding remote controller and Cable tie remote controller cable „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Cable type Size Remarks...

  • Page 561: Model: Uty-Rhk

    2-10-2. MODEL: UTY-RHK NOTE: A part of function is limited. It is recommended to use it together with other type controller. ● Easy operation. ● Built-in Backgroud Light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●...
  • Page 562 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 2 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications. < <...
  • Page 563 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 564 Remote controller Polar 3 Use sheathed PVC cable. cable core 22AWG UTY-RHKG *2 : UTY-RHKY (FUJITSU BRAND), UTY-RHKG (GENERAL BRAND) „ SPECIFICATIONS „ UTY - RHKY Model name UTY - RHKYT UTY - RHKG Dimensions [H × W × D] (mm) 120 ×...

  • Page 565: Wireless Remote Controller

    2-11. WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-LNH, UTY-LNHGU „ ● 4 mode timer setup available (ON / OFF / PROGRAM / SLEEP). ● Up to 16 indoor units connected within the remote controller group can be simultaneously controlled. ● Can be used jointly with wired remote controllers. ●...
  • Page 566 „ FUNCTIONS „ OPERATION MODE button Selects the operating mode (AUTO *1, HEAT *2, FAN *3, COOL, DRY). /Start / end R.C. custom code change. (Max 4 codes) Economy button Set temp. button ( ▲ / ▼ ) Set remote controller custom code buttons Sets the indoor temp./ Sets R.C.
  • Page 567 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ Signal receiver ● Control signal might not be recognized in following cases: window (i) A curtain or a wall, etc. exists between transmitter and receiver. Signal transmitter (ii) There is an instant-start type (inverter type, etc.) fluorescent lamp in the room.
  • Page 568 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Operating manual Use as remote controller holder Remote controller holder Screw For remote controller holder installation (M3 × 12 mm) Battery For remote controller [1.5 V (R03 / AAA)] „...

  • Page 569: Ir Receiver Unit (For All Duct Type)

    2-12. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for ALL DUCT TYPE) „ MODELS: UTB-WC „ Duct type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. „ FUNCTIONS „ OPERATION LAMP TIMER LAMP FILTER SIGN MANUAL AUTO SIGNAL RECEIVER „...
  • Page 570 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Indoor unit control box PC board Connected to PC board *2 Connection cable A (L = 5m): Standard accessory 60 mm × 120 mm hole Connection cable C (L = 10m): Optional service parts Connection cable (L = 0.15 m): Standard accessory *1 Connected to Connected to...
  • Page 571 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Cover For receiver unit Insulation For receiver unit Small:1 Cable tie For receiver unit Medium:1 Screw For installing receiver unit to wall, etc. (M4 × 20 mm) Screw For attaching the hook metal to the holder cover (M4 ×...

  • Page 572: Ir Receiver Unit (For Cassette Type)

    2-13. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for CASSETTE TYPE) „ MODEL: UTY-LRHB1 „ Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. „ FUNCTIONS „ Filter lamp (Red) Timer lamp (Orange) Operation lamp (Green) Manual auto Signal receiver „...
  • Page 573 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) Front View Side View „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Strap Prevents receiver kit from falling down „ SPECIFICATIONS „ Model name UTY - LRHB1 Dimensions [H × W × D] (mm) 193.9 ×...

  • Page 574: Ir Receiver Unit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type)

    2-14. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE) „ MODELS: UTY-LBHXD „ Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. „ FUNCTIONS „ Remote control signal receiver and Manual Auto button FILTER Indicator lamp (RED) OPERATION Indicator lamp (GREEN)
  • Page 575 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 164.5 22.6 Front View Side View „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application For receiving the signal from the remote IR receiver unit control unit Prevent IR receiver unit Strap from falling down Cable tie For electrical wiring „...

  • Page 576: Human Sensor Kit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type)

    2-15. HUMAN SENSOR KIT (for CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE) „ MODEL: UTY-SHZXC „ Motion sensor save operation catches the movements of people for wide area and operation stop is also judged automatically. „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Wire from Human sensor unit Strap Hook Strap...
  • Page 577 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 164.5 27.5 Front View Side View „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Human sensor unit For detection of movement Cable tie For binding wires Strap To prevent Human sensor unit from falling Insulation To fasten the Human sensor wire „...

  • Page 578: Remote Sensor Unit

    2-16. REMOTE SENSOR UNIT „ MODEL: UTY-XSZX „ Amenity space can be offered by installing the Remote sensor. „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ ● Remove the screws from the remote sensor, and remove the cover. ● Connect the cable to the remote sensor as shown below. ●...
  • Page 579 z When the cable is buried in the wall „ ● Remove the material (thinner than the surrounding material) in the wiring hole in the remote sensor using a pair of cutters. ● Drill a hole in the wall for the cable. ●...

  • Page 580: Group Control Method

    2-17. GROUP CONTROL METHOD „ REMOTE CONTROLLER GROUP „ Wired, Simple and Wireless Remote Controllers can be used jointly in the following combinations. Example of combination for "Remote controller group" Without Remote Controller ........Max. 16 indoor units Connectable indoor unit : 1-16 Connectable remote controller : 0 - 2 NOTES:...
  • Page 581 „ GROUP „ This function is used when operating a multiple number of remote controller group at a time from the System Controller or Touch Panel Controller or Central Remote Controller. z Example „ Refrigerant system 1 Heat Recovery system Refrigerant system 2 Heat pump...

  • Page 582: Comparison Table Of Controllers

    2-18. COMPARISON TABLE OF CONTROLLERS „ LIST OF CONTROLLER FUNCTION „ Wired Simple * Central Group Remote Wired Wired Simple Wireless System System Touch Panel Item Remote Remote Controller Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Controller Controller Lite Controller Controller Controller (Touch Controller Controller...
  • Page 583 Wired Simple * Wired Central Group Remote Wired Simple Wireless System System Touch Panel Item Remote Remote Controller Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Controller Controller Controller Lite Controller Controller (Touch Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller panel) UTY-CGG UTY-RNRZ2 UTY-LNH UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-RSR...

  • Page 584: Adaptor / Convertor Units

    3. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR UNITS The following types of convertors and adaptors are available. • Network Convertor (UTY-VTGX, UTY-VTGXV) - For connecting single split type system. • Network Convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) - For connecting single split type system. ( A change of DIP switch setting is necessary ) - For connecting group remote controller(s).

  • Page 585: Network Convertor

    3-1. NETWORK CONVERTOR „ MODEL: UTY-VTGX / UTY-VTGXV „ ● With this network convertor, single split type and multi system air conditioners can be controlled by Central remote controller, Touch panel controller, System controller in VRF network system or by wired remote controller that is connected to the Network convertor.
  • Page 586 „ APPLICABLE MODELS „ z Connectable remote controllers „ 3 models of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this unit. The indoor unit that can be connected is the indoor unit that can connect to following remote controller.

  • Page 587: Model: Uty-Vtgx

    3-1-1. MODEL: UTY-VTGX „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z For non-polar 2 wire „ Wired Transmission remote Cable controller Indoor unit Max. 1 unit Max. 16 units NETWORK CONVERTOR z For polar 3 wire „ Transmission Cable Wired remote controller Indoor unit START/STOP SET TEMP.
  • Page 588 „ LIMITED WIRING LENGTH „ z For non-polar 2 wire „ Indoor unit Network convertor A, B, C, D, E : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications.) A ≤ 2 m and A + B + C + D + E ≤ 500 m z For polar 3 wire „...
  • Page 589 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 3-Ø4.5 For M4x16mm screws 2-Ø10 For code (> Ø7) Hole: 2-Ø7 For code ( Ø7) 2-Ø8 For code (> Ø5) Hole: 2-Ø5 For code ( Ø5) Hole: 2 x 8 For open case „ PACKING LIST „...

  • Page 590: Model: Uty-Vtgxv

    3-1-2. MODEL: UTY-VTGXV „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z For non-polar 2 wire „ Wired 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V remote controller Indoor unit SWITCH (Disconnect Transmission switch) Cable FUSE (2 A) Max. 2 units Max. 16 units L (L1) N (L2) Power Supply NETWORK CONVERTOR z For polar 3 wire...
  • Page 591 „ LIMITED WIRING LENGTH „ z For non-polar 2 wire „ Indoor unit Network convertor A, B, C, D, E : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications.) A ≤ 2 m and A + B + C + D + E ≤ 500 m z For polar 3 wire „...
  • Page 592 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 4x20=80 Hole pitch Ø22 For conduit 5-Ø13 For dust proof 2-Ø5 bushing For M4 x 16 mm screws Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4 x 16 mm screws „ PACKING LIST „ The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Name and shape Quantity Application...

  • Page 593: Network Convertor

    3-2. NETWORK CONVERTOR „ MODEL: UTY-VGGXZ1 „ 1. For connecting single split type system [ A change of DIP switch setting is necessary] ● With this network convertor, single split type and multi system air conditioners can be controlled by Central remote controller, Touch panel controller, System controller in VRF network system or by wired remote controller that is connected to the Network convertor.
  • Page 594 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Transmission Line to VRF System Transmission Line to VRF System Wired Remote Controller FUSE (3 A) 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V SWITCH Indoor Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 J1 J2 J3 TRANSMISSION REMOTE INDOOR UNIT POWER REMOTE CONTROLLER LINE Power Supply NETWORK CONVERTOR RC line...
  • Page 595 „ APPLICABLE MODELS „ ○ ○ Single Split type Wired Remote Controller model × Wireless Remote Controller model z Connectable remote controllers „ 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this unit. Model name RC number Model name...
  • Page 596 2. For connecting group remote controller(s) ● Up to a total of 16 network convertors, Central remote controller and Touch panel controller can be connected in 1 VRF network system. ● 4 group remote controllers can be connected to 1 network convertor. ●...
  • Page 597 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) Ø28 Ø28 For dust proof For dust proof bushing 89.5 89.5 bushing 2-Ø5 For M4×20-mm Ø22.2 For conduit screws 241.6 272 Hole pitch M4×20-mm 4 - Ø5 For screws „ PACKING LIST „ The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Name and shape Quantity Application...

  • Page 598: Knx Convertor For Vrf

    3-3. KNX CONVERTOR FOR VRF „ MODEL: UTY-VKGX „ ● The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by KNX open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system. „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „...
  • Page 599 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ● Individual control Commands from KNX Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (KNX Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ● Batch control Commands from KNX Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network. (KNX Network →...
  • Page 600 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Interface Specification. Item Function Description ON/OFF Command Start / Stop operation Operation Mode Setting Cooling / Heating / Auto / Fan / Dry Temperature Setting Set room temperature Airflow Mode Setting Set airflow Set Point Temperature Limit Setting...
  • Page 601 Item Function Description Maintenance Mode Status Maintenance status Emergency STOP Setting Status Emergency STOP setting status Indoor Unit Monitoring ON / OFF Status The indoor unit which is now operating can be (Batch) monitored in all indoor units Error Status The indoor unit which is now error can be monitored in all indoor units Outdoor Unit Low Noise...
  • Page 602  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...
  • Page 603 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual For mounting the power supply Cable tie cable and transmission cable. Screw For mounting this product (M4 x 16 mm) For initial setting. USB cable For initial setting tool „...
  • Page 604 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 5x20=100 Hole pitch For conduit Ø22 5-Ø13 2-Ø5 For dust proof bushing For M4x16mm screws Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4x16mm screws „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ 1Ø 50/60 Hz 220-240 V General-purpose INDOOR UNIT KNX device BREAKER KNX CABLE EARTH...
  • Page 605 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 1.25 mm Maximum 1Ø AC220–240 V 50/60Hz, (16AWG) Type 60245 IEC Power supply cable 2 Cable + earth (ground) 0.8 mm 57 or equivalent Minimum [Always earth (ground) the unit] (18AWG) 22AWG LEVEL4 (NEMA) 0.33 ORKS Transmission cable...
  • Page 606 „ PROCEDURE IN BRIEF REGISTER DATA TO KNX CONVERTOR „ FOR VRF (UTY-VKGX) Address initial settings are 4 methods as follows. (1) Default addresses of indoor unit and outdoor unit are used. (Initial setting is not necessary) Default address value ([RefNo.—NodeNo.]) Indoor unit: [00―00] [00―01] •••...

  • Page 607: Knx Convertor For Indoor Unit

    3-4. KNX CONVERTOR FOR INDOOR UNIT „ MODEL: UTY-VKSX „ ● Convertor for connecting indoor unit to the central/home controller installed in KNX open network in order to manage the indoor unit from the KNX network. „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z Proper system diagram „...
  • Page 608 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ Commands from KNX Network are sent to indoor unit. (KNX Network → indoor unit) z Indoor unit status monitoring „ Indoor unit status is communicated to the KNX Network in the form of indoor unit variables. (KNX Network ←...
  • Page 609 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Interface Specification. Item Function Description ON/OFF Command Start / Stop operation Operation Mode Setting Cooling / Heating / Auto / Fan / Dry Temperature Setting Set room temperature Airflow Mode Setting Set airflow Thermostat Off setting...
  • Page 610  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...
  • Page 611 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 3-Ø4.5 For M4x16mm screws 2-Ø10 For code (> Ø7) Hole: 2-Ø7 ( Ø7) For code 2-Ø8 For code (> Ø5) Hole: 2-Ø5 ( Ø5) For code Hole: 2 x 8 For open case „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „...
  • Page 612 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 0.8 mm Maximum (18AWG) AWG18-20 KNX cable KNX TP1 (Twister Pair 1) cable 0.5 mm 2Wire twisted pair Minimum (20AWG) „ PCB FOR KNX CONVERTOR (UTY-VKSX) „ KNX connector Programming Button (Prog Button) - (05 - 144) -...
  • Page 613 ® 3-5. MODBUS CONVERTOR FOR VRF „ MODEL: UTY-VMGX „ ● The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built ® by Modbus open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system. „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „...
  • Page 614 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ● Individual control ® ® Commands from Modbus Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (Modbus Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ● Batch control ® Commands from Modbus Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network.
  • Page 615 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Interface Specification. Item Function Description ON/OFF Command Start / Stop operation Operation Mode Setting Cooling / Heating / Auto / Fan / Dry Temperature Setting Set room temperature Airflow Mode Setting Set airflow Set Point Temperature Limit Setting...
  • Page 616 Item Function Description Maintenance Mode Status Maintenance status Emergency STOP Setting Status Emergency STOP setting status Indoor Unit Monitoring ON / OFF Status The indoor unit which is now operating can be (Batch) monitored in all indoor units Error Status The indoor unit which is now error can be monitored in all indoor units Outdoor Unit Low Noise...
  • Page 617  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...
  • Page 618 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Use during installation. For mounting the power supply cable and Cable tie transmission cable. Screw For mounting the network convertor. (M4 × 16 mm) For initial setting. For connecting the cable and attaching the ®...
  • Page 619 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 4x20=80 Hole pitch Ø22 5-Ø13 For conduit For dust proof 2-Ø5 bushing For M4 x 16 mm screws Hole pitch 4-Ø5 For M4 x 16 mm screws „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V General-purpose building Switch...
  • Page 620 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 1.25 mm Maximum 1 ø AC208-240 V 50/60 Hz, (16AWG) Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground 0.5 mm (Always ground the unit) Minimum (20AWG) LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar ®...
  • Page 621 ® „ PROCEDURE IN BRIEF REGISTER DATA TO MODBUS „ CONVERTOR FOR VRF (UTY-VMGX) Address initial settings are 3 methods as follows. (1) Default addresses of indoor unit and outdoor unit are used. (Initial setting is not necessary) Default address value ([RefNo.—NodeNo.]) Indoor unit: [00―00] [00―01] •••...

  • Page 622: Modbus ® Convertor For Indoor Unit

    ® 3-6. MODBUS CONVERTOR FOR INDOOR UNIT „ MODEL: UTY-VMSX „ ® ● The convertor for connecting indoor unit to the BMS system built by Modbus open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and indoor unit. „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „...
  • Page 623 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ® Commands from Modbus Network are sent to indoor unit . ® (Modbus Network → indoor unit) z Indoor unit status monitoring „ ® Indoor unit status is communicated to the Modbus Network in the form of indoor unit ®...
  • Page 624 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Interface Specification. Item Function Description ON/OFF Command Start / Stop operation Operation Mode Setting Cooling / Heating / Auto / Fan / Dry Temperature Setting Set room temperature Airflow Mode Setting Set airflow Thermostat Off setting...
  • Page 625  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...
  • Page 626 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) 3-Ø4.5 For M4x16mm screws 2-Ø10 For code (> Ø7) Hole: 2-Ø7 ( Ø7) For code 2-Ø8 For code (> Ø5) Hole: 2-Ø5 ( Ø5) For code Hole: 2 x 8 For open case „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „...
  • Page 627 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 1.25 mm AWG16-26 Maximum (16AWG) ® Modbus cable 3Wire+ 0.128 mm Minimum Sheathed PVC cable (26AWG) „ SWITCH AND CONNECTOR LOCATION ON PCB „ ® Modbus Network connection port ® Modbus terminal resister switch (SET7-4) ®...
  • Page 628 ® 3-7. NETWORK CONVERTOR FOR L ORKS „ MODEL: UTY-VLGX „ ● The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS ® system built by L open network, for manage small to ORKS medium sized BMS and VRF network system. ●...

  • Page 629: Network Convertor For Lon Works

    z Improper system diagram „ ● Example 1 (Prohibited) Maximum 100 outdoor units Network Maximum 128 convertor for indoor units ® ORKS (UTY-VLGX) ® ORKS Network VRF network system 1 Maximum 100 Network outdoor units Maximum 128 convertor for indoor units ®...
  • Page 630 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ● Individual control ® ® Commands from L Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (L ORKS ORKS Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ● Batch control ® Commands from L Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network.
  • Page 631 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Interface Specification. Item Function Description ON/OFF Command Start / Stop operation Operation Mode Setting Cooling / Heating / Auto / Fan / Dry Temperature Setting Set room temperature Airflow Mode Setting Set airflow Set Point Temperature Limit Setting...
  • Page 632  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...
  • Page 633 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Use during installation. For mounting the power supply cable and Cable tie transmission cable. Screw For mounting the network convertor. (M4 × 20 mm) Includes the software and manuals of Tool for CD-ROM network convertor.
  • Page 634 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) Ø28 Ø28 For dust proof For dust proof bushing 89.5 89.5 bushing 2-Ø5 For M4×20-mm Ø22.2 For conduit screws 241.6 272 Hole pitch M4×20-mm 4 - Ø5 For screws „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ 1Φ 50/60 Hz General purpose building control computer 208-240 V ®...
  • Page 635 Indoor unit address Making XIF of Network Convertor using a Tool Binding VRF with BMS for network convertor (Software) provided by (By Network Integrator) Fujitsu General. (Job is done by Network Integrator) „ PCB FOR NETWORK CONVERTOR (UTY-VLGX) „ PC Control...
  • Page 636 „ PROCEDURE IN BRIEF FOR MAKING XIF & REGISTER DATA TO „ NETWORK CONVERTOR (UTY-VLGX) NOTE: For detailed information, check the Application Manual which is included inside packaged CD-ROM. Following are the work items during on line operation. However, making XIF is also possible during off line operation.
  • Page 637 Important: Network Convertor will not operate if, ● VRF network system address (Outdoor and Indoor units address) allocation information are not registered to Network Convertor. ● XIF data information and VRF network system address allocation information must not be same. ●...
  • Page 638 ® 3-8. BACnet GATEWAY (HARDWARE) „ MODEL: UTY-VBGX „ ● The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS ® system using BACnet protocol. ® ● Maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one BACnet Gateway. ● VRF system can be centrally controlled or monitored from BMS via UTY-VBGX.
  • Page 639 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ● Individual control ® ® Commands from BACnet Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (BACnet Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ● Batch control ® Commands from BACnet Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network.
  • Page 640 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS WITH OBJECT TYPES „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Instruction Manual. Bacnet Object Category Function Name Remark Target Monitor Control Type Operation Setting ○ Operation Mode ○ Temperature Setting ○ Fan Speed ○ R/C Prohibition ○...
  • Page 641  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...

  • Page 642: Bacnet ® Gateway (Hardware)

    „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Includes the software and manuals of Tool for USB memory ® BACnet Gateway. Connector cable For initial setting. Dust proof bushing For connecting the power supply cable. „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „...
  • Page 643 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit : mm) „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ 1Φ 50/60 Hz General purpose building control computer 100-240 V (BMS) SWITCH TRANSMISSION CABLE FUSE (1.25 A) POWER SUPPLY CABLE BACnet ® Gateway INDOOR UNIT RJ45 B SGND TRANSMISSION CABLE OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT MASTER...
  • Page 644 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks Maximum 1.25 mm 1 ø AC208-240 V 50/60 Hz, Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground Minimum 0.5 mm (Always ground the unit) Ethernet category 5 or higher Transmission cable Straight cable STP LAN cable with RJ45...
  • Page 645 5. Execute the Configuration Tool from the PC and perform necessary settings. For detail,refer to the Instruction Manual, 6. Perform scan from the Configuration Tool, and check that all VRF indoor/outdoor units are detected and available. 7. Remove the USB cable from the Gateway, and close the case. ®...
  • Page 646 „ SWITCH AND CONNECTOR ETC. LOCATION ON PCB „ VRF Network connection port ® (BACnet AC power fuse BMS Network connection port (Ethernet) Battery for clock Power LED Error LED PC connection port (USB) NOTE: Ensure proper space for all connectors when mounted. CAUTION: Risk of Explosion if Battery is replaced by an Incorrect Type.

  • Page 647: Gateway (Software)

    ® 3-9. BACnet GATEWAY (SOFTWARE) 3-9-1. MODEL: UTY-ABGXZ1 ® ● It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet global standard for open networks. ● A maximum of 1600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor ®...
  • Page 648 ® „ BACnet OBJECT LIST „ z Type : Indoor „ Unit Object Code Function Inactive Active name (II) Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Set temp. status Degree Space temp. Degree Auto temp. (Low limit status) Degree Auto temp. (High limit status) Degree Cool/Dry temp.
  • Page 649 z Type : Outdoor „ Unit Object Code Function Inactive Active name (II) Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Text-8 Outdoor unit error status Normal Fault Forced OFF status Reset Forced OFF setting Reset Outdoor unit priority Cool Heat Neutral None operation status *2...
  • Page 650  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „ indoor units in the same refrigerant system simultaneously, conforming to the timing restriction described below. <Corresponding function> More than 10 minutes must elapse ·...
  • Page 651 „ INSTALLATION PROCEDURE „ Before installation, connect between the VRF Network System and the USB Adaptor. Brief installation steps are as follows: (For detail, check the Instruction Manual.) Step1: Install an appropriate driver for the USB Adaptor to the PC. *In this step, do not connect the USB Adaptor to the PC.

  • Page 652: Model: Uty-Abgx

    3-9-2. MODEL: UTY-ABGX ® ● It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet global standard for open networks. ● A maximum of 1600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor ®...
  • Page 653 ® „ BACnet OBJECT LIST „ z Type : Indoor „ Unit Object Code Function Inactive Active name (II) Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Set temp. status Degree Space temp. Degree Auto temp. (Low limit status) Degree Auto temp. (High limit status) Degree Cool/Dry temp.
  • Page 654 z Type : Outdoor „ Unit Object Code Function Inactive Active name (II) Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Text-8 Outdoor unit error status Normal Fault Forced OFF status Reset Forced OFF setting Reset Outdoor unit priority Cool Heat Neutral None operation status *2...
  • Page 655  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „ indoor units in the same refrigerant system simultaneously, conforming to the timing restriction described below. <Corresponding function> More than 10 minutes must elapse ·...
  • Page 656 „ INSTALLATION PROCEDURE „ Before installation, connect between the VRF Network System and the USB Adaptor. Brief installation steps are as follows: (For detail, check the Instruction Manual.) Step1: Install an appropriate driver for the USB Adaptor to the PC. *In this step, do not connect the USB Adaptor to the PC.

  • Page 657: Signal Amplifier

    3-10. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER „ MODEL: UTY-VSGXZ1 „ If the total length of transmission line exceeds 500 m, or the number of elements exceeds 64 units, Signal Amplifier will be necessary to use. ● Transmission line length can be extended up to 3600 m with multiple signal amplifier.
  • Page 658 z Case of VR-II (321 or more indoor units are installed) „ Signal amplifier (Filter mode : OFF) 1Ø 50/60 Hz FUSE 208-240 V (3 A) Terminal resistor Switch (Disconnect switch) Other RB unit RB unit or indoor unit Refrigerant system 1 Outdoor unit Segment 1 Segment 2...
  • Page 659 z Filter mode setting „ Set the Filter mode to suppress an increase of the amount of communication information in the VR-II system. ● Filter mode is turned on by inserting the accessory connecting wire at the CN4 connector on the PC board. ●...
  • Page 660 „ PACKING LIST „ The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual For mounting the power supply cable, and Cable tie transmission cable. Screw For mounting the signal amplifier. (M4 × 20 mm) Terminal resistor It is used when there is no terminal resistor in a segment.

  • Page 661: Wireless Lan Adapter

    3-11. WIRELESS LAN ADAPTER „ MODEL: UTY-TFSXZ1 „ ● By installing FGLair on a smart device, several functions can be controlled from outside the house. „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ Single system Multiple system Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit WLAN adapter WLAN adapter...
  • Page 662 „ INSTALLATION „ (1) With referring the setting manual, perform wire connection. (2) Install the WLAN adapter in the direction as shown in this figure. If the WLAN adapter is installed in the wrong direction, water may get into the adapter through the wire, causing failure.
  • Page 663 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Setting manual Operation manual (CD-ROM) EMI core Tapping screw M4 × 25 mm Wireless LAN label MAC:____________ SSID: AC-UTY-____________ PIN: ________ Important : Please do not discard. „ SPECIFICATIONS „ Dimensions 71 ×...

  • Page 664: External Switch Controller

    3-12. EXTERNAL SWITCH CONTROLLER 3-12-1. MODEL: UTY-TERX ● Switching of air conditioner settings can be performed using an external switch controller and a third-party device. ● ON/OFF, Temperature, Fan Speed, Operating and Remote controller prohibition Mode can be switched using external devices, such as a room card-key.
  • Page 665 „ Connection to external contacts „ Select low current use contacts (usable at DC5V, 2mA or less). Short circuit detection resistance (R ON): ≤ 500 (Ω). Open circuit detection resistance (R OFF): ≥ 100 (kΩ). A twister pair cable 0.33~1.25 mm² (16~22AWG) should be use. External switch controller Maximum length of cable is 50m.
  • Page 666 „ INSTALLATION „ 1) When connecting to the connector Case 1: For non-polar 2 wire ● Controller side „ Dip switch (SET3 Default: 2WIRE) set on "2WIRE" side. ● Indoor unit side „ Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown in Fig.
  • Page 667 Case 2: For polar 3 wire ● Controller side „ Dip switch (SET3) set on "3WIRE" side. ● Indoor unit side „ Modify the cable as per below methods. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown in Fig.
  • Page 668 2) When connecting to the exclusive terminal block Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. If there is the 2WIRE/3WIRE switch on the PCB of the indoor unit, set it to match the connection method of the connected remote controller cable. Example) Connection of non-polar 2 wire Terminal block Functional earthing...
  • Page 669 „ EXAMPLE „ Application Setting Wiring Operation example When controlling MODE0 P1 : ON, COOL, 26°C P2 : OFF the individual P1: Arbitrary Indoor SW1 ON unit operation states operation state with two external Contact OFF→ON External contact P2: Arbitrary SW2 ON SW controller operation state...
  • Page 670 Application Setting Wiring Operation example When a MODE1 Indoor P1 : ON, COOL, 26°C temperature sensor OFF output: unit P2 : ON,HEAT, 21°C switch is connected Enabled and cooling and P1 : ON, COOL or HEAT heating switching is performed. P2 : ON, COOL or HEAT Operation state...

  • Page 671: Model: Uty-Tekx

    3-12-2. MODEL: UTY-TEKX ● Air conditioner switching can be controlled by connecting other sensor switches. ● ON/OFF, Temperature, Fan speed and Operating mode can be switched in combination with Card-key switches equipped in facilities such as hotel rooms. ● Card-key or other sensor switches are available as locally purchased parts.
  • Page 672 „ DIMENSIONS „ (Unit: mm) 5 - ø7 Left view Front view Rear view „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type...
  • Page 673 2) Connect the remote controller cable to the connecting cable, and insert it to the connector. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to "3WIRE" on the PC board of the indoor unit. Set to "3WIRE" the DIP switch (SW1) Connect to earth Functional earthing Indoor unit (ground) screw...
  • Page 674 „ EXAMPLE „ Application Setting Wiring Operation example When controlling MODE0 P1 : ON, COOL, 26°C P2 : OFF the individual P1: Arbitrary Indoor SW1 ON unit operation states operation state with two external Contact OFF→ON External SW2 ON contact P2: Arbitrary SW controller operation state...

  • Page 675: Service & Web Monitoring Tool

    4. SERVICE & WEB MONITORING TOOL 4-1. SERVICE TOOL 4-1-1. MODEL: UTY-ASGXZ1 Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. „ FUNCTIONS „ 1) System List Displays the overall operation status of all or specified units in the system in a list form.
  • Page 676 6) Error History Displays the error information for each unit. The error information can sequentially be displayed up to 50 items as they occur starting with the latest error. 7) Graph Displays the sensor values of outdoor unit and indoor units in more detail and more easier to see.
  • Page 677 15) Error Memory Reader When an error occurs at an outdoor unit, the operation data records before the error are acquired over a network and saved to a CSV file. NOTE: To perform "Error Memory Reading", Service Tool and the corresponding outdoor unit must be connected directly with each other.
  • Page 678 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ Remote Side VRF System Side Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Software & protection key for Service Tool * (UTY-ASGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet (Locally purchased) USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) Up to 1 PC VRF network system can be connected simultaneously. WibuKey of UTY-ASGX can be used.
  • Page 679 „ SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ ● For VRF System Side PC •Microsoft® Windows® 7 SP1 (32/64-bit) Professional Operating system •Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 (32/64-bit) Pro •Microsoft® Windows® 10 (32/64-bit) Pro 1 GHz or higher Memory • 1GB or more (Windows® 7, 8.1, 10 32-bit) •...

  • Page 680: Model: Uty-Asgx

    4-1-2. MODEL: UTY-ASGX Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. „ FUNCTIONS „ 1) System List Displays the overall operation status of all or specified units in the system in a list form.
  • Page 681 6) Remote File Download Operation and error history data can be downloaded. Only the required data may be downloaded specifying the refrigerant system, unit and time range. 7) Commissioning Tool Test run commands can be executed with this tool. During test running, the outdoor unit / indoor unit sensor data can be saved (commissioning log data).
  • Page 682 14) Time Guard Information * Reference data for judging the maintenance period of indoor and outdoor units (compressor, FAN, etc. integrated time) is output to a CSV file. *: Supported by Ver. 1.1 or later „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ Refrigerant piping RB unit USB Adaptor Personal...
  • Page 683 „ OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES (Locally purchased) „ ● Personal computer that satisfies the following system requirements ● Echelon U10 USB Network Interface – TP/FT-10 Channel (Model number: 75010R) (Required ® for each VRF Network.) „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ ®...

  • Page 684: Web Monitoring Tool

    4-2. WEB MONITORING TOOL 4-2-1. MODEL: UTY-AMGXZ1 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z System components „ Remote Side VRF System Side Software & Personal protection key for Computer (Locally Web Monitoring purchased) Tool * (UTY-AMGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) (Locally purchased) Up to 2 PCs...
  • Page 685 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Includes the software and manuals for Web Monitoring Tool. Additionally, it works as the software protection key. WHITE-USB-KEY Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC that the Web Monitoring Tool is installed.
  • Page 686 „ COMPARISON TABLE „ Service Tool Web Monitoring Tool UTY-ASGXZ1 UTY-AMGXZ1 Item VRF system VRF system Remote Side Remote Side Side Side ● ● ● ● System List ● ● ● ● Equipment Detail (Diagram) ● ● ● ● Equipment Detail (Status List) ●...

  • Page 687: Model: Uty-Amgx

    4-2-2. MODEL: UTY-AMGX „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z System components „ Monitoring Side VRF System Side Personal Software Computer (UTY-AMGX) (Locally purchased) Software Protection Key Internet Personal Computer USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) Public Telephone LIne (Locally purchased) VRF network system z Support 4 VRF network system „...
  • Page 688 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application DVD-ROM Includes the software and manuals for Web Monitoring Tool Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC WibuKey that the Web Monitoring Tool is installed. Web Monitoring Tool runs (Software protection key) only on a PC with this WibuKey.
  • Page 689 „ COMPARISON TABLE „ Web Monitoring Tool Service Tool UTY-AMGX Item UTY-ASGX Monitoring Side VRF network system Side ● ● ● Interchangeability of equipment ● ● ● Indication of equipment list ● ● Operation control — ● ● ● Indication of refrigerant circuit diagram ●...
  • Page 690 6. SYSTEM DESIGN DTV_J3LE050E_03--CHAPTER06 2017.10.31...
  • Page 691 CONTENTS 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 1. SYSTEM DESIGN ................. 06 - 01 1-1. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM ..............06 - 01 1-1-1. EXAMPLE OF REFRIGERANT SYSTEM ............... 06 - 02 1-2. VRF NETWORK SYSTEM ..............06 - 04 1-3. MOUNTING POSITION ................06 - 10 2.

  • Page 692: System Design

    1. SYSTEM DESIGN 1-1. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM „ CONNECTABLE UNIT WITHIN 1 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM „ Unit Quantity Remarks Outdoor unit 1 unit 1 to Max. 20 units 8HP (AJ  072LELAH) Indoor unit 1 to Max. 25 units 10HP (AJ  090LELAH) 1 to Max.

  • Page 693: Example Of Refrigerant System

    1-1-1. EXAMPLE OF REFRIGERANT SYSTEM z Example 1 (OK) „ Outdoor unit Capacity ratio Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Total Connectable indoor Capacity Model capacity unit capacity Judgement (kW) (kW) Min. Max. Outdoor unit AJ  072L 22.4 22.4 ...
  • Page 694 z Example 4 (OK) „ Outdoor unit Capacity ratio Indoor unit 1 Connectable indoor Total Capacity Model capacity unit capacity Judgement (kW) (kW) Min. Max. Outdoor unit AJ  072L 22.4 22.4  50%  150%  ≤ ≤  ...

  • Page 695: Vrf Network System

    1-2. VRF NETWORK SYSTEM „ MAXIMUM WIRING LENGTH OF VRF NETWORK SYSTEM „ Transmission line Maximum wiring length Total wiring length of transmission 3600m Maximum wiring length between units 400m Total wiring length in 1 segment * 500m VRF network system segment * Wiring length 3600m...
  • Page 696 „ CONTROLLER AND CONVERTOR „ Maximum connectable Model Remarks units in one VRF network system Max.controllable VRF network system : 4 Max.controllable remote controller groups : 1600 per 4 VRF network system System Max.controllable indoor unit : 1600 per 4 *1:Note UTY-APGXZ1 Controller...
  • Page 697 Maximum connectable Model Remarks units in one VRF network system The signal amplifier is required when Signal UTY-VSGXZ1 500m or more in transmission line length Amplifier or connected unit exceeds 64units. Total number UTY-VTGX of refrigerant Used for UTY-VTGXV system and Max connectable Single split type or connecting split Network...
  • Page 698 „ MAXIMUM CONNECTION OF NETWORK SEGMENT „ z Network segment : divided network by signal amplifier „ ● In the following case, signal amplifier is required. „ (1) When the total length of the transmission line exceeds 500 m. (2) When the number of total unit*1 exceed over 64 units. ●...
  • Page 699 z Meaning of unit „ Model name Unit ○ AJ  072LELAH ○ Outdoor unit 10HP AJ  090LELAH ○ 12HP AJ  108LELAH ○ All indoor unit ○ System controller UTY-APGXZ1 ○ System controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 ○ Touch panel controller UTY-DTG ...
  • Page 700 „ THE MAXIMUM WIRING LENGTH OF UNIT „ Name Model Maximum wiring length Total length of group remote controller cable UTY-VGGXZ1 100m Used for group remote controller to convertor Network convertor UTY-VTGX Remote controller to Network convertor 100m UTY-VTGXV Used for single split Airconditioner Indoor unit to Network convertor 100m UTY-VGGXZ1...

  • Page 701: Mounting Position

    1-3. MOUNTING POSITION „ OUTDOOR UNIT „ For the air conditioner to operate satisfactorily, install it as outlines in installation manual. z Outdoor unit mounting position „ chapter ● A position where satisfies the mounting space described in “ 3. 3 Installation space". ●...
  • Page 702 „ INDOOR UNIT „ For the air conditioner to operate satisfactorily, install it as outlines in installation manual. z Indoor unit mounting position „ ● Decide the mounting position with the customer ● Install the unit level on a strong wall, floor, ceiling which is not subject to vibration. ●...

  • Page 703: Piping Design

    2. PIPING DESIGN 2-1. IMPORTANT ITEMS WHEN USING REFRIGERANT R410A R410A operates at higher pressure and has less solubility with mineral oil than traditional R22 refrigerant. Therefore, the lubricant and a part of pipe material are different. Some special tools are necessary. „...
  • Page 704 „ WORK FLOW (EXAMPLE) „ Preparations Prepare schedule of works ● Always check the refrigerant to be used. Refrigerant check ● Always use the specified refrigerant. ● Prepare materials / tools matched to the refrigerant. Operation chart preparation Start of work Indoor unit installation ●...

  • Page 705: Piping Limitation

    2-2. PIPING LIMITATION „ LIMITATION „ The nearest indoor unit to the first separation tube. The farthest indoor unit to the first separation tube. Limitation Diagram Total pipe length 400m or less * Total Between outdoor unit and the farthest indoor unit 120m or less a + b Between the first separation tube and the farthest indoor unit...
  • Page 706 „ CAUTION „ Keep the "piping limitation" for correct operation. z Allowable height difference: „ If the height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit is larger than the allowable value:  The pressure loss will be larger → Insufficient cooling and heating „...

  • Page 707: Pipe Size

    2-3. PIPE SIZE „ PIPE DIAMETER, RECOMMENDED MATERIAL AND WALL THICKNESS „ Nominal Diameter (in) 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1-1/8" Outside Diameter (mm) 6.35 9.52 12.70 15.88 19.05 22.22 28.58 Material JIS H3300 C1220T-O or equivalent *1 JIS H3300 C1220T-H or equivalent *2 Wall Thickness *3 (mm) *1: Allowable tensile stress ≥...
  • Page 708 z Pipe size table "B" „ (Between separation tube to separation tube (header)) Outside diameter mm (in) Total cooling capacity of indoor unit (kW) Liquid pipe Gas pipe 1.1 to 11.1 9.52 (3/8") 15.88 (5/8") 11.2 to 13.9 9.52 (3/8") 19.05 (3/4") 14.0 to 19.6 12.70 (1/2")
  • Page 709 „ INDOOR SIDE BRANCH KIT „ z Separation tube „ Total cooling capacity Separation tube of indoor unit (kW) 19.6 or less UTP-AX054A 28.0 or less UTP-AX090A 28.1 to 56.0 UTP-AX180A z Header „ Header Total cooling capacity 3-6 Branches 3-8 Branches of indoor unit (kW) 28.0 or less...
  • Page 710 „ COOLING CAPACITY TABLE „ z Outdoor unit „ Cooling capacity Model name (kW) 22.4 AJ  072LELAH 28.0 AJ  090LELAH 33.5 AJ  108LELAH z Indoor unit „ Cooling Cooling Type capacity Model name Type capacity Model name (kW) (kW) 11.2...

  • Page 711: Selection Of Pipe Heat Insulating Material

    2-4. SELECTION OF PIPE HEAT INSULATING MATERIAL ● Always insulate the refrigerant pipe to prevent condensation and water droplets by the „ refrigerant pipe. ● Decide the thickness of the heat insulating material by referring to the recommended „ minimum thickness in Table 1. (For installation condition T=32°C(DB),humidity≤70%, humidity≤75%, humidity≤80%, humidity≤85%) ●...

  • Page 712: Additional Charge Calculation

    2-5. ADDITIONAL CHARGE CALCULATION ● The outdoor unit is charged refrigerant at the factory. ● Additional refrigerant required to be charged on site depending on pipe length. ● The additional refrigerant charge amount is calculated according to the following formula. ●...

  • Page 713: Example Of Piping Design

    2-6. EXAMPLE OF PIPING DESIGN „ REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 1 „ Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe. (28.0kW) (24.4kW) (20.8kW) (17.2kW) (13.6kW) (10.0kW) (6.4kW) (2.8kW) (3.6kW) (3.6kW) (3.6kW) (3.6kW) (3.6kW) (3.6kW) (3.6kW) (2.8kW) Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 714 z Selection of pipe size „ Liquid pipe 9.52 6.35 12.70 6.35 12.70 6.35 12.70 6.35 9.52 6.35 Gas pipe 19.05 12.70 22.22 12.70 22.22 12.70 19.05 12.70 19.05 12.70 Length (m) Example Liquid pipe 9.52 6.35 9.52 6.35 6.35 Gas pipe 15.88 12.70...
  • Page 715 „ REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 2 „ Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe. (25.6kW) (18.5kW) (8.4kW) (10.1kW) (4.5kW) (2.8kW) (2.8kW) (2.8kW) (7.1kW) (5.6kW) (7.1kW) (5.6kW) (4.5kW) (2.8kW) (2.8kW) (2.8kW) Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor unit unit unit...
  • Page 716 z Selection of pipe size „ Liquid pipe 12.70 12.70 9.52 9.52 9.52 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 Gas pipe 22.22 22.22 15.88 15.88 15.88 12.70 12.70 9.52 9.52 9.52 Length (m) Example  Pipe size "a" selection : The length that between outdoor unit and first separation tube or „...

  • Page 717: Piping Connection

    3. PIPING CONNECTION 3-1. CAUTION OF PIPING „ CAUTION „ Keep the permissible length of every piping limitation to prevent a defect or cooling/heating failure. z Piping material „ ● Use the designated size ( Diameter & thickness ) of refrigerant pipes. ●...
  • Page 718 „ CAUTION „ z Brazing „ While brazing the pipe, be sure to blow dry nitrogen gas through the pipes. If not used, it will be caused to damage for compressor and clog the strainer and electronic expansion valve. Example) Inside state of brazing pipe section Nitrogen gas used but not sufficient Nitrogen gas used Nitrogen gas does not used...

  • Page 719: Piping To Outdoor Unit

    3-2. PIPING TO OUTDOOR UNIT „ OPENING A KNOCKOUT HOLE „ CAUTION ● Be careful not to deform or scratch the panel while opening the knock out holes. ● To protect the piping insulation after opening a knock out hole, remove any burrs from the edge of the hole.
  • Page 720 „ REMOVING THE PINCH PIPE „ WARNING ● Remove the pinch pipe only when the internal gas is completely drained. ● If gas still remains inside, the piping may crack if you melt the brazing filler metal of the junction area with a burner.
  • Page 721 „ PIPE CONNECTION „ CAUTION ● Seal the pipe route hole with putty (locally purchased) such that there are no gaps. Small insects or animals that are trapped in the outdoor unit may cause a short circuit inthe electrical component box. ●...

  • Page 722: Separation Tube

    3-3. SEPARATION TUBE „ INSTALLATION „ z Separation tube „ Separation tube UTP-AX054A UTP-AX090A UTP-AX180A z Installation „ Select the connections with the pipe diameters that match the selected pipe sizes from the separation tubes, and cut them with a pipe cutter. Joint pipe (Separation tube) Field pipe 1/2L...
  • Page 723 z Restriction when install „ Be sure following restriction. 1) Installation angle Place the separation tubes horizontally or vertically so that the refrigerant separates evenly. Good Good Prohibited Prohibited Horizontal Vertical Caution ● If it is placed horizontally, keep it within ± 15°. Otherwise, it will not separate the refrigerant evenly, causing a reduction in performance.
  • Page 724 z Heat insulation installation „ After brazing the pipes, and leak check use the supplied insulation to insulate them. 1) Remove the protective sheet from the double-stick tape that is affixed to the heat insulation. Double-stick tapes 2) Be sure to install the tape (accessory) in each heat insulation to the 2 positions as shown in the following figure.

  • Page 725: Header

    3-4. HEADER „ HEADER INSTALLATION „ z Header selection „ Header 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L UTR-H1806L UTR-H1808L When Separate into two branches, please use a separation tube instead. z Installation „ (1) Connecting the connection pipes from the indoor units. Always have at least one indoor unit connected to Always have at least one...
  • Page 726 (4) Connecting pipe locally purchased from outdoor unit, cut the pipe end to connect the pipe and close the opposite end. Cut 25mm Liquid pipe Field piping Pipe cutter (5) Use header support as necessary. Ceiling Ceiling Gas pipe Liquid pipe Hanging metal Hanging metal (Locally purchased)
  • Page 727 2) Straight tube length A straight tube (minimum length 0.5m) is necessary before header in order to separate the refrigerant exactly. 0.5m or more 0.5m or more Main pipe To indoor unit To indoor unit To indoor unit z Heat insulation installation „...

  • Page 728: Ev Kit

    3-5. EV KIT An EV kit must be required for EEV external models on the liquid pipe side. „ EV KIT SELECTION „ Model name Application indoor units UTR-EV09XB AS  E004GTAH, AS  E007GTAH, AS  E009GTAH AG  E004GCAH, AG  E007GCAH, AG  E009GCAH UTR-EV14XB AS ...
  • Page 729 Decide the mounting position with the customer as follows: (1) Install EV kit level on strong wall, floor, ceiling which is not subject to vibration. (2) Install EV kit where the connection pipe can be easily installed. (3) Install EV kit where vibration and noise are not amplified. (4) Take servicing, etc.
  • Page 730 z Floor installation „ Use the 4 screws to fasten the unit to the floor. Screw (Accessory) z Wall mounted installation „ (1) Remove the 2 screws and replace them with the hanger. (2) Use the 4 screws (Accessory) to fasten the unit to the wall. Screw Screw (Accessory)
  • Page 731 „ ATTACH THE INSULATION MATERIAL „ Insulate by the coupler heat insulation arround the pipe. Cooper heat insulation Cooper heat insulation No gap No gap „ WIRING PROCEDURE „ (1) Connect the EV kit wire to the indoor unit. (2) Wrap the tube arround the connection, and fasten both ends binders. (3) Connect the ground to the indoor unit.

  • Page 732: Wiring Design

    4. WIRING DESIGN 4-1. ELECTRICAL WIRING „ PRECAUTION FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Regulation on wire diameter and selecting circuit braker size differ from locality. Install in accordance with regional standard. WARNING ● Do not turn on the power until all installation work is complete. ●...
  • Page 733 „ WIRING SYSTEM OUTLINE „ (Remote / Monitoring side) *1 System USB adaptor Controller Locally purchased Case of UTY-ALGXZ1 *1: Option is necessary. Touch Panel *2: Can not be used. Controller (Remote / NW2 *2 Monitoring NW3 *2 side) *1 NW4 *2 Outdoor unit power supply cable 3ø...

  • Page 734: Power Supply Cable Wiring

    4-2. POWER SUPPLY CABLE WIRING „ POWER SUPPLY CABLE SPECIFICATIONS „ Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit. z Outdoor unit „ Recommended cable size Fuse capacity Breaker for Model Remarks leakage current Power cable Earth cable AJ ...
  • Page 735 Caution ● Obtain the distribution network operator's agreement about the power capacity of the power supply system, specifi cation of the cable and the harmonic current, and etc. when you connect the outdoor unit with the power supply. ● This product is intended for professional use. Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit. Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.
  • Page 736 „ POWER SUPPLY CABLE WIRING „ z Example : Using terminal board for indoor units „ Caution ● Except for EMERGENCY, never turn off main as well as sub breaker of the indoor units during operation. It will cause compressor failure as well as water leakage. ●...
  • Page 737 4-3. TRANSMISSION LINE „ TRANSMISSION WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks LEVEL 4 (NEMA) 0.33mm ® ORKS Transmission cable non-polar 2core, twisted pair solid core (22AWG) compatible cable diameter 0.65mm Use the shielded wire specified and always ground it both end. 22AWG (0.65mm) Level 4 cable with shielded (National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Differs from the Category 4 specification proposed by the Electronic Industries Association / Telecommunication Industry Association (EIA/TIA)
  • Page 738 „ WIRING RULES „ ● In the following cases, Signal Amplifier is required. „ 1) When the total length of the transmission line exceeded 500 m. AB+BC+BD+DE+EF > 500 m (Fig. 1) 2) When the total number of units *1 is over 64. ●...
  • Page 739 „ TRANSMISSION WIRING FLOW „ z Step 1 : Decide to use feature of Automatic Address Setting depending on „ system design Decide to use Automatic Address Setting or Manual Address Setting. ● Automatic Address Setting → Step 2 (1) „...
  • Page 740 (2) Manual Address Setting Connect the transmission cable like as Fig 4-1, 4-2. Refrigerant system 1 Transmission line Refrigerant system 2 Transmission line Transmission line Refrigerant system 3 Fig. 4-1 Refrigerant system 1 Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Refrigerant system 2 Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 741 z Step 4 : Confirm how to install Signal Amplifier „ When Signal Amplifier is installed, network is divided into two network segments. In a network segment (NS) divided by a Signal Amplifier, it has to keep the following facts. 1)Total transmission line length: MAX 500 m AB+BC+BD+DE+EF ≤...
  • Page 742 „ TRANSMISSION LINE SEPARATION RULES „ ● The transmission line between indoor unit, outdoor unit and controllers can be connected by „ one cable. ● Terminal board available on the market or the ones inside the indoor unit or outdoor should „...
  • Page 743 Example 3 : Separation wiring from one terminal board radially. Terminal board Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 System controller Example 4 : Combination of example 2 and 3 Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 Terminal board System controller...
  • Page 744 „ WIRING METHOD „ Practical transmission wiring method is shown below. Each terminal has to be connected the following rules. To other refrigerant circuit outdoor unit Power supply Power supply Breaker Breaker Outdoor unit Case of Case of Transmission AJ*xxxLBLAH AJ*xxxLELAH Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 745 z Example „ Transmission cable 230V 1ø 50Hz Indoor unit power supply cable Circuit breaker 400V 3ø 50Hz Circuit breaker Outdoor unit power supply cable Remote controller cable - (06 - 54) -...

  • Page 746: Transmission Line

    4-4. CONTROLLER CABLE WIRING „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Model type Connection to Wire Size Specification System Controller USB Adaptor USB cable System Controller Lite USB Adaptor USB cable Touch Panel Controller Transmission line Refer to 4-3 Central Remote Controller Transmission line Refer to 4-3 Remote controller Group Remote Controller...
  • Page 747 „ WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (2-WIRE) WIRING „ SPECIFICATION NOTE: UTY-RNR  Z2 and UTY-RLR  only Maximum connectable number of remote controllers by cable size and the length. Cable size Max.connectable number of remote controllers *L ≤ 100 m 100 m < *L ≤ 250 m 250 m <...

  • Page 748: Drain Connection

    5. DRAIN CONNECTION 5-1. OUTDOOR UNIT CAUTION Perform drain work in accordance with this Manual, and ensure that the drain water is properly drained. If the drain work is not carried out correctly, water may drip down from the unit, wetting the furniture. When the outdoor temperature is 0 °C or less, do not use the accessory drain pipe and drain cap.

  • Page 749: Indoor Unit

    5-2. INDOOR UNIT „ GENERAL RULES OF DRAIN PROCESS „ ● Install the drain pipe with downward gradient (1/100 or more) and so there are no rises in the „ pipe. ● Use general hard polyvinyl chloride pipe (VP25) and connect it with adhesive (polyvinyl „...
  • Page 750 „ CASSETTE TYPE / CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ Downward 300mm or less 1.5m to 2.0m Hanging fitting gradient 1/100 or more VP25 (Local drain hose arrangement) (accessory) Attached band VP25 Horizontal or Downward gradient 1/100 or more upward gradient Prohibited ...
  • Page 751 „ MINI DUCT TYPE „ GOOD PROHIBITED Gap of 1.5 to 2 m Air bleeding Rise Supporter Locally arranged pipe VP25 [O.D Max. 300 mm 32 mm or more] Trap 700 mm or less Horizontal or upward gradient VP30 or more [O.D 38 mm or more] Downward gradient 1/100 or more 700 mm or less ●...
  • Page 752 „ SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ z Ceiling concealed setting „ Supporter Drain hose Drain cap 1.5m to 2.0m Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Prohibited  Air bleeding   Rise Trap Prohibited Gap of 1.5-2 m Air bleeding Rise Supporter...
  • Page 753 „ MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ Downward gradient 1/100 or more Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Attached drain hose Supporter Attached band 1.5m to 2.0m Prohibited  Trap   Rise Air bleeding There is a drain port on the left and right sides. Select the drain port to match the local conditions.
  • Page 754 „ HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ z Main drain pipe „ Unit Drain hose (main) Drain pipe (main) Trap H1 = 100 mm or more 1.5m to 2.0m H2 = 50-100 mm ● Be sure to provide a drain trap for each indoor units. „...
  • Page 755 „ LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE „ z MODEL : 018 „ Downward gradient 1/100 or more Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Attached drain hose Supporter Attached band 1.5m to 2.0m Prohibited  Trap   Rise Air bleeding There is a drain port on the left and right sides.
  • Page 756 z MODELS : 024, 030 „ GOOD PROHIBITED Gap of 1.5 to 2 m Downward gradient 2.5 to 5.0 mm Supporter Trap Rise VP25 [O.D 32 mm Locally arranged pipe Air bleeding or more] Observe the following procedures to construct centralized drain VP30 or more Downward gradient [O.D 38 mm or more]...
  • Page 757 „ FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ z Under ceiling setting „ Remove the hole cover Prohibited  Drain hose Arrange the drain hose lower than this position When drain hose is arranged backward. Secure the drain hose with the VT wire. Piping hole Base (Bottom) VT wire...
  • Page 758 „ CEILING TYPE „ Drain hose Supporter Arrange the drain hose 1.5m to 2.0m lower than this position Prohibited  Rise  Trap End in water Fasten the drain pipe with VT wire so that the pipe slopes correctly within the indoor unit . VT wire Drain hose Indoor unit (rear view)
  • Page 759 „ COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ drain cap drain hose The drain hose can be connected at either side of the indoor unit. drain pan drain pan drain hose No gap Drain cock Hexagon Drain cap drain holder wrench Screw drain cap For connection from the left rear Left piping Cable...
  • Page 760 „ WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ z MODELS : 004-009, 030, 034, 12, 14, 012, 014 „ Installation method of Drain cap For left outlet piping, cut off the piping outlet cutting groove with a hacksaw. No gap No gap Remove the drain cap by pulling at the projection at the end of the cap with pliers, etc.
  • Page 761 „ CENTRAL DRAIN PROCESS „ When converging multiple drain pipes , install according to the procedure shown below. z For Cassette type „ T-joint converging drain pipes z For Circular flow cassette type „ VP30 (O.D. 38 mm) or more Downward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 z For High static pressure duct type „...
  • Page 762 „ DRAIN INSULATION „ ● Please confirm water flows into Drain pan of the indoor unit, and drain is done normally „ when the connection of Drain hose is completed. ● Please check whether there is water leak part in the Drain piping. „...

  • Page 763: Standard Accessories

    6. STANDARD ACCESSORIES The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed. 6-1. OUTDOOR UNIT Name and shape Q'ty Application Specifications manual Installation manual Drain cap For outdoor unit drain piping work Drain pipe For outdoor unit drain piping...

  • Page 764: Indoor Unit

    6-2. INDOOR UNIT „ COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ INDOOR UNIT ACCESSORIES CASSETTE GRILLE ACCESSORIES Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Connector cover For covering connector manual Installation Tapping screw For mounting cassette grille manual Cable tie (Large) For fixing the connection Tapping screw For mounting connector...
  • Page 765 „ CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Template (Carton top) For installing indoor unit. manual Installation Washer For installing indoor unit manual Cable tie (Large) For fixing the connection Insulation For installing drain pipe pipe (Large and Small) Push mount cable tie...
  • Page 766 „ CASSETTE TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Template (Carton top) For installing indoor unit. manual Installation Washer For installing indoor unit manual Cable tie (Large) For fixing the connection Insulation For installing drain pipe pipe (Large and Small) Cable tie (Medium) For transmission and...
  • Page 767 „ MINI DUCT TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Filter (Small) manual (AR04/07/ 09/12/14 /24) Installation Filter (Big) manual (AR18) Template (Carton top) For ceiling openings (AR24) cutting Also used as packing Drain hose For installing drain hose Washer For installing indoor unit...
  • Page 768 „ SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Filter (Small) manual (AR07/ 09/12/14 /24) Installation Filter (Big) manual (AR18) Installation template For positioning the indoor unit (AR24) Drain hose For installing drain hose Washer For installing indoor unit...
  • Page 769 „ MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Special nut A For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling manual (Large flange) Installation Special nut B manual (Small flange) Cable tie (Large) For fixing the connection Hanger For suspending the...
  • Page 770 „ HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Special nut A For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling manual (Large flange) Installation Special nut B manual (Small flange) Drain hose For installing drain hose Cable tie (Large) For fixing the coupler...
  • Page 771 „ LARGE AIRFLOW DUCT TYPE „ z Model : ARXN018GLBH „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Special nut A For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling manual (Large flange) Installation Special nut B manual (Small flange) Cable tie (Large) For fixing the connection...
  • Page 772 z Models : ARXN024, 030GTBH „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Special nut A For suspending the Operating indoor unit from ceiling (Large flange) manual Special nut B Installation (Small flange) manual Washer Cable tie (Large) For fixing the heat insulation Drain hose...
  • Page 773 „ FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For fixing the wall bracket manual (M4 x 20mm) Installation Coupler heat insulation For indoor side pipe joint manual Cover plate (left) Cable tie For fixing the coupler Large...
  • Page 774 „ CEILING TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Cable tie Extra For fixing the coupler large heat insulation manual Large For transmission and Installation Medium remote controller cable manual binding Special nut A For installing indoor unit (Large flange) Drain hose...
  • Page 775 „ COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For wall hook bracket installation manual Installation Cloth tape For indoor unit installation manual Push mount cable tie For transmission and remote controller Operating cable binding Manual...
  • Page 776 „ WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ z Models : AS*A004, 007, 009GTAH, AS*E004, 007, 009GTAH „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For wall hook bracket installation manual Installation Cloth tape For indoor unit installation manual Operating...
  • Page 777 z Models : AS*A012, 014GCAH, AS*E012, 014GCAH „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Cloth tape For indoor unit installation manual Installation Seal A It is used when the diameter of gas pipe manual is Ø12.70 or more It is necessary when using AS14 Operating...
  • Page 778 z Models : AS*A18, 24GBCH „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For wall hook bracket installation manual Installation Air cleaning filter For installation, refer to the "CLEANING AND manual CARE" in the operating manual.
  • Page 779 7. FUNCTION SETTING DTV_VR2E018E_14--CHAPTER07 2017.10.31...
  • Page 780 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING SYSTEM SETTING ..............07-01 1-1. SYSTEM TYPE SETTING ................07-01 1-2. ADDRESS SETTING ..................07-03 1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD ............ 07-07 1-4. ADDRESS SETTING BY REMOTE CONTROLLER ........07-17 1-4-1. WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER ..............07-17 1-4-2.
  • Page 781 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING 2-9. FUNCTION DETAILS ................... 07-129 2-10. RB UNIT ....................... 07-131 2-11. WIRED, SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER ..........07-134 2-12. GROUP REMOTE CONTROLLER .............. 07-136 2-13. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER ..............07-138 2-14. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER ............07-139 2-15. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) ........07-140 2-15-1.

  • Page 782: Function Setting

    1. SYSTEM SETTING 1-1. SYSTEM TYPE SETTING Set the DIP switch to the corresponding system type as shown in the table. Do not use a nonexistent switch combination. Note Perform the system setting and address setting , before turning on the power. ¾...
  • Page 783 „ INDOOR UNIT SETTING „ Please refer to the correct SW position for 2. Function Setting. <step 1> Refrigerant circuit address setting Set the Rotary SW REF AD x10 & x1 See the detail for "1-2. Address setting" <step 2> Indoor unit address setting Set the Rotary SW IU AD x10 &...

  • Page 784: Address Setting

    1-2. ADDRESS SETTING For this system, each address should be preset before operation. Please refer following table for outdoor unit, indoor unit, RB unit and each remote controller. „ KINDS OF ADDRESS AND SETTING RANGE „ SETTING UNIT SETTING TYPE OF SWITCH REMARKS RANGE Setting...
  • Page 785 „ KINDS OF ADDRESS AND SETTING RANGE „ SETTING UNIT SETTING TYPE OF SWITCH REMARKS RANGE n Manual address setting Arbitrary numbers can be Setting set in range of 00-99 Refrigerant 00 ~ 99 example REF AD REF AD circuit address n Automatic address setting See the setting method 1-5-3.
  • Page 786 „ SETTING EXAMPLE „ SetA SetB SetA SetB SetA SetB (V-II series) SetC SetL SetL SetL Master Slave1 Slave2 RB unit (Single) Transmission line (Non-polar 2 core) SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF...
  • Page 787 „ SETTING EXAMPLE „ ● Outdoor unit setting ● Indoor unit setting SetA: Refrigerant circuit address SetD SetE SetF (Rotary SW REF AD x10, x1) SetB: Outdoor unit address SetA SetB (DIP SW SET3-1, 3-2) SetD SetE SetF SetC: Number of slave unit SetC SetL (DIP SW SET3-3, 3-4)

  • Page 788: Manual Address Setting Method

    1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD „ ADDRESS SETTING DESCRIPTION „ z Refrigerant circuit address (Set A, Set D and Set O) „ In case of 2 or more refrigerant system in VRF network system, each refrigerant system should be set an exclusive refrigerant circuit address. Refrigerant system : It means same refrigerant circuit which has connected between outdoor unit and indoor unit by piping.
  • Page 789 z Outdoor unit address (Set B) „ This function is available VR-II, V-II and V-III series. Please set the outdoor unit address for each outdoor unit. Outdoor unit is preset "0" , at factory setting. So that 1 outdoor unit system is not required for the field setting. In case of 2 or 3 outdoor units connected in same refrigerant circuit, set the slave unit which has installed farther from master unit to Slave2 setting "2".
  • Page 790 z Number of outdoor units installed (Set L) „ This function is available VR-II, V-II and V-III series. The number of outdoor units installed in one refrigerant system must be set. Set for all outdoor units. Number of outdoor unit SW SET5-1 OFF SW SET5-2 OFF Master...
  • Page 791 z Indoor unit address (Set E) „ Each indoor unit in same refrigerant system should be set an exclusive indoor unit address. Rotary SW setting Indoor unit address IU AD x10 IU AD x1 *Setting range 00 - 63(Arbitrary numbers can be set) *Do not set indoor unit address to the range of 64 from 99.
  • Page 792 z Remote controller address (Set F) „ 1 individual remote controller can be controlled Max.16 indoor unit with connecting remote controller cable. These units connecting by remote controller cable regards as remote controller group. Even 1 indoor unit as 1 or no remote controller connection regards 1 remote controller group. i) 3-wire type Only for manual address setting R.C.line: 3 wire...
  • Page 793 ii) 2-wire type It can choose either automatic address setting.  When setting the automatic address. Set the remote controller address in the "0" only. (Factory setting is "0") R.C.line: 2 wire 2 wire type R.C. 2 wire type R.C. 1 : Set the remote controller address in the "0"...
  • Page 794 z RB unit address (Set P) „ Each RB unit in same refrigerant system should be set an exclusive RB unit address. 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 00 02 00 13 Rotary SW setting RB unit address RB AD x10 RB AD x1 *Setting range 00 - 63(Arbitrary numbers can be set)
  • Page 795 z Touch panel controller setting (Set G) „ Touch panel controller (Max. 16) *2 *1 : Set Touch panel controller address first, to conduct the initial setting of it. Refer to the "setting manual" for details. *2 : The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network convertor for Group remote controller and Network convertor for LONWORKS®...
  • Page 796 z Group remote controller setting (Set I) „ Network convertor for Group remote Group remote controller (Max. 4) *3 controller (Max.16) *2 *1 : Set group remote controller address first, to conduct the initial setting of it. *2 : The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network convertor for Group remote ®...
  • Page 797 z Network convertor for L „ setting (Set M) ORKS ® Network convertor for ORKS ® *1 : Setting up more than one Network Convertor in one VRF network system is prohibited. *2 : The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Network convertor for Group remote ®...

  • Page 798: Address Setting By Remote Controller

    1-4. ADDRESS SETTING BY REMOTE CONTROLLER 1-4-1. WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER ● A wireless remote controller is required to set the infrared address setting. „ ● This function is available in all indoor unit with infrared signal receiver. „ ● Infrared address setting for duct type and cassette type models can be made possible by „...
  • Page 799 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ (3) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO” (4) Press and hold the “FAN” and the “ SET button for 3 seconds. TEMP. ”　buttons. Whilst holding these 2 buttons, press the "RESET" button. Pi Pi Pi SET TEMP.
  • Page 800 „ BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION „ ● Refer to “1-2" for an outline of the address setting. ● It does not matter whether the refrigerant circuit address or indoor unit address is set first. (The method shown here sets the indoor unit address first.) ●...
  • Page 801 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ (7) Press the “MODE” button to access the (8) Make sure the function number is ‘01’. If the address setting mode. number is other than ‘01’, press the “ ” or the “...
  • Page 802 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ Note : The refrigerant circuit address is displayed when the following operations are performed even while indoor unit address is displayed on LED display of indoor unit. (14) Press the “FAN” button to select the (15) Press the "...
  • Page 803 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ (21) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO ” (22) Press the “RESET” button. button for 3 seconds. Pi Pi Pi After pressing the RESET button, please set the custom code again if b,c,d setting. MANUAL AUTO RESET IR RECEIVER UNIT...
  • Page 804 „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „ 01-01 01-02 01-03 Repeat steps (1) through to (25). Steps (1) through to (6) and (21) to (25) only need to carried out if the custom code is different to the factory setting of “A”. „...

  • Page 805: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rnk*)

    1-4-2. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNK*) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 806 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 4) To activate the address setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 807 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ 5) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 6) Pressing the SET TIME <...
  • Page 808 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ 9) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected *If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip step 9) 10) Pressing the SET TIME <...
  • Page 809 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 13) To clear the address setting mode and return to the normal mode display, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time. Normal mode display ¾...

  • Page 810: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsr*, Uty-Rhr*)

    1-4-3. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSR*, UTY-RHR*) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using simple remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a simple remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 811 3) Turn on the power to the indoor unit. ● By turning on the power indoor units initializes EEV, so make sure the piping air-tight test and vacuuming have been conducted before turning on the power. ● Also check again to make sure no wiring mistakes were made before turning on the power. Breaker ON Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 812 9) Select the “13” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. Then press the “ ” button. „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS SETTING „ 10) Select the 2-wire remote controller address with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button.
  • Page 813 13) Setting results are displayed after data transmission. Indoor unit address Ex.) When indoor unit address data "12" is set up ERROR GOOD ● When indoor unit address data was not ● When indoor unit address data was set up on the indoor unit (-- is displayed.) normally set up on the indoor unit.
  • Page 814 17) Set the setting number with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. Then press the “ ” button. Refrigerant circuit address 18) Setting results are displayed after data transmission. Refrigerant circuit address Ex.) When indoor unit address data "18"...
  • Page 815 „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Simple remote Simple remote Simple remote controller controller controller Repeat the procedures in steps 1) through 13), and set up the indoor units requiring address setting.

  • Page 816: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsk*, Uty-Rhk*)

    1-4-4. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSK*, UTY-RHK*) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using simple remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a simple remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 817 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 4) To activate the address setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. q , SET TEMP. p and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 818 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ 5) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 6) Press the FAN button so that the “Function number”...
  • Page 819 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ 9) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected *If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip step 9).
  • Page 820 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 13) Press the three buttons of SET TEMP. p, SET TEMP. q and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. The address setting mode will be cleared and the normal mode display will be restored.

  • Page 821: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rnr*Z*, Uty-Rnr*)

    1-4-5. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNR*Z*, UTY-RNR*) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 822 „ PREPARATION „ 3) Turn on the power to the indoor unit. ● By turning on the power indoor units initializes EEV, so make sure the piping air-tight test and vacuuming have been conducted before turning on the power. ● Also check again to make sure no wiring mistakes were made before turning on the power. Breaker ON Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 823 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ 5) Touch the [Address] on the “Function 6) “Address” screen is displayed. Select the Setting” screen. address of the indoor unit whose function number is to be set by touching [▲] or [▼]. Function Setting Address [002–01]...
  • Page 824 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ 12) Touch the [Address] on the “Function 13) “Address” screen is displayed. Select the Setting” screen. address of the indoor unit whose function number is to be set by touching [▲] or [▼]. Function Setting When setting at all the indoor units, touch Address [002–01]...
  • Page 825 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 19) When the [Back] on the “Function Setting” screen is touched, the display returns to the “Maintenance” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [02] Setting No. [18] Back Setting „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „...

  • Page 826: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rlr*)

    1-4-6. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RLR*) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 827 „ PREPARATION „ 3) Turn on the power to the indoor unit. ● By turning on the power indoor units initializes EEV, so make sure the piping air-tight test and vacuuming have been conducted before turning on the power. ● Also check again to make sure no wiring mistakes were made before turning on the power. Breaker ON Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 828 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ 6) Pressing the "+" or "-" button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Then press the "ENTER" button. Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 7) Pressing the "+"...
  • Page 829 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ 10) Pressing the "+" or "-" button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Then press the "ENTER" button. Remote controller address Ex.) When setting at all the indoor units 11) Pressing the "+"...
  • Page 830 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 14) To clear the address setting mode and return to the normal mode display, hold down the three buttons of "MENU", "<" and "ENTER" at the same time for 2 seconds or longer. Normal mode display „...

  • Page 831: Automatic Address Setting

    1-5. AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING The addresses of signal amplifiers, indoor units and RB units can be set automatically. Caution Following are cautions when performing AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING. 1.The Controller cannot be used. 2.AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING may take about 30 minutes. 3.Emergency stop signal is not accepted.
  • Page 832 „ SWITCH POSITION „ 7 Segment LED lamp LED Lamp Rotary switch POWER ERROR MODE LED101 LED102 (GREEN) (RED) REF AD LED105 LED104 X 10 SW106 SW105 MODE SET1 SET2 SET3 SET4 SELECT ENTER /EXIT SW107 SW108 SW109 Push button DIP switch SET5 SW110...

  • Page 833: Signal Amplifier Automatic Address Setting

    1-5-1. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING Caution ● The Signal Amplifier Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 40 signal amplifiers installed within the same network. ● Perform the automatic address setting of signal amplifiers on only one outdoor unit (master unit) within the same network.
  • Page 834 6) When automatic address setting is completed, the number of signal amplifier is displayed on the LED104. Verify that the count matches the number of signal amplifiers being installed. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Ex.) When eight signal amplifiers are being connected 7) To exit automatic address setting, press the ENTER button (SW109) in the setting completed status shown in step 6) above.

  • Page 835: Indoor Unit Automatic Address Setting

    1-5-2. INDOOR UNIT AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING Caution ● The Indoor Unit Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 64 indoor units installed within the same refrigerant system. ● The Indoor Unit Automatic Address Setting function cannot be used for indoor units being connected to other refrigerant systems via the network.
  • Page 836 5) When “11” appears on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for at least 3 seconds.(Unless it is held down for at least 3 seconds, the selection will not be confirmed.) LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When the Automatic Address Setting function is activated, the display changes to “run.” 6) When automatic address setting is completed, the number of indoor units of which automatic address setting succeeded is displayed on the LED105, and the number of indoor units of which automatic address setting failed is displayed on the LED104.

  • Page 837: Rb Unit Automatic Address Setting

    1-5-3. RB UNIT AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING This function is available VR-II series. Caution ● Please be sure to finish address setting of outdoor unit and indoor unit before performing the automatic address setting of RB unit. ● The RB Unit Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 64 RB units installed within the same refrigerant system.
  • Page 838 5) When “22” appears on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for at least 3 seconds.(Unless it is held down for at least 3 seconds, the selection will not be confirmed.) LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When the Automatic Address Setting function is activated, the display changes to “run.” 6) When automatic address setting is completed, the number of RB units of which automatic address setting succeeded is displayed on the LED105, and the number of RB units of which automatic address setting failed is displayed on the LED104.

  • Page 839: Example Flow

    1-5-4. EXAMPLE FLOW z Example 1 : To automatically set the addresses of signal amplifiers, „ indoor units and RB units Follow the step below  Heat Recovery system Signal amplifier Master unit   RB unit address No.  Refrigerant circuit address No.
  • Page 840 Caution ● Before activating the Automatic Address Setting function, be sure to finish setting the refrigerant circuit addresses of outdoor units. ● Setting the addresses of indoor units automatically does not necessary mean that addresses are assigned sequentially starting from the indoor unit which is located the closest to the outdoor units (instead, addresses are assigned randomly).
  • Page 841 z Example 2 : To automatically set the addresses of signal amplifiers only „ (When the addresses of indoor units and RB units will be set manually) Follow the step below  Heat Recovery system Master unit  Refrigerant system1 Heat Recovery system Refrigerant system2 Heat Pump system...

  • Page 842: Terminal Resistor Setting

    1-6. TERMINAL RESISTOR SETTING Caution Be sure to set the terminal resistor according to specifications. Set the terminal resistor for every network segment (NS). ● If terminal resistor is set in multiple devices, the overall communication system may be damaged. ●...

  • Page 843: Indoor Unit Connection Check

    1-7. INDOOR UNIT CONNECTION CHECK This function is available J-IIIL, J-III, J-II and J-IIS series. Note ● It is necessary to stop SERVICE TOOL (UTY-ASGX) and WEB MONITORING TOOL (UTY-AMGX), when you will carry out indoor unit connection check. 1) After verifying that the system is normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105...
  • Page 844 7) When the number of indoor units appear on the LED104, LED105, press the SELECT button (SW108), the display changes to volume ratio of the indoor units. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Ex.) When volume ratio of the indoor units is 120 %. When 1.1 kW cooling capacity indoor unit is connected, refer to next page "●Note"...
  • Page 845 „ CONNECTABLE INDOOR UNIT „ Number of the indoor unit Volume ratio of the indoor unit connection connection 1 to 20 J-IIIL 10HP 1 to 25 50 to 150 % 12HP 1 to 30 1 to 9 J-III 1 to 10 50 to 150 % 1 to 13 2 to 7...

  • Page 846: Function Setting

    2. FUNCTION SETTING 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT „ SWITCH POSITION „ 7 Segment LED Lamp LED lamp Rotary switch POWER ERROR MODE LED101 LED102 (GREEN) (RED) REF AD LED105 LED104 X 10 SW106 SW105 MODE SET1 SET2 SET3 SET4 SELECT ENTER /EXIT SW107 SW108...
  • Page 847 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ 1) After verifying that the system is normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 2) Press the SELECT button (SW108), and display “F2” on the LED104. (Monitoring mode) (Setting mode) (Function mode) (Forbidden) LED105 LED104...
  • Page 848 5) Again, referring to the Settings List shown below, press the SELECT button (SW108), and display the code number of the function you want to set on the LED104. Ex.) To select the Emergency Stop function LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Next, press the ENTER button (SW109), and confirm the selection of the function you want to set.

  • Page 849: Vr-Ii Series

    2-1-1. VR-II series „ SETTINGS LIST „ Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Standard (40 to 65m) Short (less than 40m) Pipe length means the length Pipe length ¡ Medium (65 to 90m) between master outdoor unit setting...
  • Page 850 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134). Batch stop •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to input signal coming from CN134.
  • Page 851 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the external Level 2 (operated at input terminal (CN133) when 40% capacity) operating with the “Energy...
  • Page 852 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Recovery ¡ operation ¡ Prohibited Setting prohibited ¡ Prohibited Setting prohibited ¡ Prohibited Setting prohibited *1: Do not set this for outdoor units with Slave setting. - (07-71) -...
  • Page 853 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Setting number x00 Setting number x01 ▪ ▪ ▪ Electricity meter Set the ones digit and tens digit No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪...

  • Page 854: Series

    2-1-2. V-III series „ SETTINGS LIST „ Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Standard (40 to 65m) Short (less than 40m) Pipe length means the length Pipe length ¡ Medium (65 to 90m) between master outdoor unit setting...
  • Page 855 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134). Batch stop •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to input signal coming from CN134.
  • Page 856 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the external Level 2 (operated at...
  • Page 857 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave ¡ Prohibited Setting prohibited ¡ Prohibited Setting prohibited ¡ Prohibited Setting prohibited *1: Do not set this for outdoor units with Slave setting. - (07-76) -...
  • Page 858 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Setting number x00 Setting number x01 ▪ ▪ ▪ Electricity meter Set the ones digit and tens digit No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪...

  • Page 859: Series

    2-1-3. V-II series „ SETTINGS LIST „ Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Standard (40 to 65m) Short (less than 40m) Pipe length means the length Pipe length ¡ Medium (65 to 90m) between master outdoor unit setting...
  • Page 860 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Select the priority setting of the operation mode. Priority given to the •Priority given to the first first command command: Priority is given to the operation mode which is set first.
  • Page 861 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the external Level 2 (operated at input terminal (CN133) when 40% capacity) operating with the “Energy Energy saving Level 3 (operated at ¡...
  • Page 862 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Setting number x00 Setting number x01 ▪ ▪ ▪ Electricity meter Set the ones digit and tens digit No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪...

  • Page 863: J-Iiil, J-Iii, J-Ii Series

    2-1-4. J-IIIL, J-III, J-II series „ SETTINGS LIST „ LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Standard (40 to 65m) Short (less than 40m) Pipe length Pipe length means the length between outdoor Medium (65 to 90m) setting unit and the nearest indoor unit.
  • Page 864 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Priority given to the first command Select the priority setting of the operation mode. •Priority given to the first command: Priority is given to the operation mode which is set first. Operation Priority given to •Priority given to external input of outdoor unit:...
  • Page 865 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the Level 2 external input terminal (CN133) when operating Outdoor unit with the “Outdoor unit capacity save function.” capacity save Level 3 The lower the level, the more the effect...
  • Page 866 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Setting number x00 Setting number x01 ▪ ▪ ▪ Electricity meter No. setting 1 Set the ones digit and tens digit of the No. of ▪ ▪ ▪...

  • Page 867: J-Iis Series

    2-1-5. J-IIS series „ SETTINGS LIST „ LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Normal mode Save energy mode 1 Cooling High power mode 1 capacity shift...
  • Page 868 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Standard Prohibited If installing the indoor units (even only one set) Height to a lower floor than the outdoor unit, and the difference...
  • Page 869 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134). Batch stop •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to Switching input signal coming from CN134.
  • Page 870 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the Level 2 external input terminal (CN133) when operating Outdoor unit...
  • Page 871 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Setting number x00 Setting number x01 ▪ ▪ ▪ Electricity meter No. setting 1 Set the ones digit and tens digit of the No. of ▪ ▪ ▪...

  • Page 872: Indoor Unit (Setting By Switch)

    2-2. INDOOR UNIT (setting by switch) „ SWITCH POSITION „ Type of PCB Type of Indoor unit Compact cassette, Cassette, Low static pressure duct/Concealed floor, Mini duct, Slim duct/Slim concealed floor, Medium static pressure duct, High static Type 1 pressure duct, Floor/ceiling, Ceiling Wall mounted (AS ¾...
  • Page 873 z Type 2 „ DIP switch (type B) Rotary switch (type C) SW PCB SET1 SET2 SW604 SW605 SW606 SW607 SW608 DIP switch (type A) SW601 SW602 DIP switch Rotary switch (type A) (type D) Main PCB z Type 3 „...
  • Page 874 z Type 4 „ DIP switch (type A) SET1 SET2 Main PCB Rotary switch (type C) DIP switch (type A) z Type 5 „ DIP switch (type A) Rotary switch (type C) switch (type A) z Type 6 „ Rotary switch (type C) DIP switch (type A)
  • Page 875 z Type 7 „ Rotary switch DIP switch switch (type A) (type A) (type C) „ SWITCH TYPE „ Rotary switch Rotary switch DIP switch DIP switch (type C) (type D) (type A) (type B) 2WIRE 3WIRE - (07-94) -...
  • Page 876 „ SWITCH TABLE „ Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) SET1 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) External input select "edge/pulse" SET2 Fan delay switch Prohibited type A DIP-SW Wireless remote controller custom code switch 1 Wireless remote controller custom code switch 2...
  • Page 877 „ DIP SWITCH SETTING „ z SET1 and SET2-1 setting (Never change at the site) „ ●Indoor unit capacity (Setting prohibited) SET1-1 SET1-2 SET1-3 SET1-4 SET2-1 Indoor unit capacity 1.1kW 2.2kW 2.8kW 3.6kW 4.0kW 4.5kW 5.6kW 7.1kW 8.0kW 9.0kW 10.0kW 11.2kW 12.5kW 14.0kW...
  • Page 878 z SET2 setting „ ●External input select “Edge/Pulse” (u...Factory setting) SET2-2 External input select Edge Pulse ●Fan delay switch It is a function to delay the stop of cooling fan when the air conditioner is stopped. When auxiliary heater is connected, please turn "ON" this switch. When you connect auxiliary heater, be careful enough.
  • Page 879 z SET3 setting „ ●Wireless remote controller custom code switch This DIP switch sets the custom code of the wireless remote controller of an indoor unit. If multiple indoor units are being installed in the same room, switch the custom codes of the corresponding wireless remote controllers in order to prevent their signals from being mixed.
  • Page 880 z SET4 setting „ ●Drainage function switch (Slim Duct type only) If contained drain pump is not used, set the drainage function to "Disable" in the drainage function switching. (u...Factory setting) SET4-1 Drainage function Enable Disable *Note: Pls. be sure about water leakage from the indoor unit while changing setting. ●Auto louver grille setting switch (Mini duct type and Slim duct type only) When Auto louver grille kit (optional parts) is attached, set the Auto louver grille setting "Enable".
  • Page 881 z SW1 setting „ ●Remote controller wire type setting switch (u...Factory setting) Remote controller wire type 2WIRE 2-wire type 3WIRE 3-wire type „ ROTARY SWITCH SETTING „ z IU AD setting „ ●Indoor unit address switch Sets the indoor unit addresses. Please see "1-3 address setting"...
  • Page 882 z RC AD setting „ ●Remote controller address switch When the indoor unit is wired by remote controller group, to identity the indoor unit in the remote controller group, the number (remote controller address) in the remote controller group is set. 3-wire type Only for manual address setting Set the remote controller address in the 0.1.2,~,15 order (Blank is not allowed)

  • Page 883: Indoor Unit (Setting By Wireless Remote Controller)

    2-3. INDOOR UNIT (setting by wireless remote controller) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 884 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ (2) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO” (3) Press and hold the “FAN” and the “ SET button for 3 seconds. TEMP. ”　buttons. Whilst holding these 2 buttons, press the "RESET" button. Pi Pi Pi SET TEMP.
  • Page 885 „ BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION „ ● During address setting mode, indoor unit reject the any operation command from remote controller. Function number Refer to FUNCTION DETAILS MODE button Setting number - Start the function setting mode Refer to FUNCTION DETAILS - Changes the display digits FAN button START/STOP button...
  • Page 886 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ (6) Press the “MODE” button to access the (7) Press the “ ” or the “ ” buttons to function setting mode. select the function number. Each time the “MODE” button is pressed, it switches between the one's place and the ten's place positions.
  • Page 887 Case2 : When setting number is two digits. (11-2) Indoor unit will display the function setting number on "OPERATION"(GREEN), "TIMER "(ORANGE) and "FILTER "(RED) light. Phase1 (Example) Function number : 26, Setting number : 31 OPERATION TIMER FILTER 0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF (GREEN) (ORANGE) (RED)
  • Page 888 „ COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ (13) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO ” (14) Press the “RESET” button. button for 3 seconds. After pressing the RESET Pi Pi Pi button, please set the custom code again if b,c,d setting. MANUAL AUTO RESET IR RECEIVER UNIT...
  • Page 889 „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „ 01-01 01-02 01-03 Repeat steps (1) through to (16). Steps (1) through to (5) and (13) to (16) only need to carried out if the custom code is different to the factory setting of “A”. „...

  • Page 890: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rnk*)

    2-4. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RNK*) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 891 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 3) To activate the function setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 892 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ 4) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate) Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 5) Pressing the SET TIME < button or the SET TIME > button, to select the function number. Function number 6) Pressing the SET TEMP.
  • Page 893 „ COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 8) To clear the function setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time. Normal mode display ¾...

  • Page 894: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsr*, Uty-Rhr*)

    2-5. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RSR*, UTY-RHR*) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 895 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 3) With “Monitor Mode” screen displayed, press and hold the SET TEMP. “ ” button and FAN “ ” button simultaneously for at least 2 seconds. 4) The Menu 1 screen is displayed. Press and hold the FAN “ ” button for at least 2 seconds. Setting mode selection screen is displayed.
  • Page 896 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ This procedure changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the system to malfunction. Perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller. ●...
  • Page 897 13) Press the “ ” button to return to the 2-wire remote controller address selection screen of (2). If setting has been completed, press the FAN “ ” button to return to the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen. Note: ● This item cannot be set from slave remote controllers. „...

  • Page 898: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsk*, Uty-Rhk*)

    2-6. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RSK*, UTY-RHK*) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 899 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 3) To activate the function setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. q , SET TEMP. p and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Function setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 900 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ 4) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 5) Press the FAN button so that the “Function number”...
  • Page 901 „ COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 8) Press the three buttons of SET TEMP. p, SET TEMP. q and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. The function setting mode will be cleared and the regular display will be restored.

  • Page 902: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rnr*)

    2-7. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RNR*) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 903 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 3) When the [Function Setting] on the “Maintenance” screen is touched, the “Installer Password Verification” screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password, and touch the [OK]. “Function Setting” screen is displayed. Maintenance Function Setting Page 2/ 3 R.C.
  • Page 904 8)Touch the [Setting] on the “Function Setting” 9) Setting screen of “Setting No.” is displayed. Set the Setting No. with the [▲] or [▼]. screen. Function Setting Function Setting Address [002–01] Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Setting No. Function No. [30] Setting No.
  • Page 905 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 11) When the [Back] on the “Function Setting” screen is touched, the display returns to the “Maintenance” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Setting No. [01] Back Setting „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „...

  • Page 906: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rlr*)

    2-8. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RLR*) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 907 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 3) To activate the address setting mode, hold down the three buttons of "MENU", "<" and "ENTER" at the same time for 2 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display 4) Select the “13” in Menu 2 Settings. Then press the "ENTER" button. - (07-126) -...
  • Page 908 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ 5) Pressing the "+" or "-" button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Then press the "ENTER" button. Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 6) Pressing the "+"...
  • Page 909 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 9) To clear the address setting mode and return to the normal mode display, hold down the three buttons of "MENU", "<" and "ENTER" at the same time for 2 seconds or longer. Normal mode display „...

  • Page 910: Function Setting

    2-9. FUNCTION DETAILS Function Function Setting number Default Details number Adjust the filter cleaning interval notification. If the notification is too Standard Filter early, change to setting 01. If the notification is too late, change to indicator Longer setting 02. interval Shorter Enable...
  • Page 911 Function Function Setting number Default Details number Enable *1 Auto Enable or disable automatic system restart after a power outage. restart Disable Super low Restrain the cold airflow with making the airflow lower when starting Cool Air Follow the setting Prevention heating operation.

  • Page 912: Rb Unit

    2-10. RB UNIT „ SWITCH POSITION „ DIP switch SET1 (type A) REF AD REF AD RB AD RB AD DIP switch SET2 (type B) Rotary switch (type C) „ SWITCH TYPE „ Rotary switch DIP switch DIP switch (type C) (type A) (type B) - (07-131) -...
  • Page 913 „ SWITCH TABLE „ Prohibited type A SET1 Prohibited Prohibited DIP-SW Operation mode selecting switch 1 Operation mode selecting switch 2 type B SET2 Cool/heat selection control time switch 1 Cool/heat selection control time switch 2 RB AD RB unit address switch 1 RB AD RB unit address switch 2 x 10...
  • Page 914 ●Cool/heat selection control time switch This switch is set up to shorten Cool/heat selection control time by RB unit. If the Cool/heat selection control time is short, the sound of passing refrigerant may be loud during the Cool/heat selection control process. Please check that there is no influence on use.

  • Page 915: Wired, Simple Remote Controller

    2-11. WIRED, SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER Prohibited Dual remote controller setting Prohibited Switch 1 Prohibited Prohibited Memory backup setting (Wired remote controller only) * Do not use DIP Switch 2 (Wired remote controller) „ SWITCH POSITION „ z Wired remote controller „...
  • Page 916 „ DIP SWITCH 1 SETTING „ z SW1 setting prohibited „ (u...Factory setting) Fixed at OFF Setting prohibited z SW2 setting „ ●Dual remote controller setting Set the remote controller SW2 according to the following table. Indoor unit (u...Factory setting) Master unit Slave unit Number...

  • Page 917: Group Remote Controller

    2-12. GROUP REMOTE CONTROLLER Memory backup setting Switch Prohibited „ SWITCH POSITION „ z Group remote controller „ Model : UTY-CGG Ý Front case (back side) DIP switch „ DIP SWITCH SETTING „ z SW1 setting „ ●Memory backup setting If there is a power failure when the memory backup is enabled, the setting stored in the memory will be saved.
  • Page 918 „ GROUP REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING „ ● Hold down the set time buttons „ simultaneously for two seconds or more to start the setting. ● Press the set time buttons to set the Group remote controller address. „ Reverse Advance Check that it is Group remote controller address...

  • Page 919: Touch Panel Controller

    2-13. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER „ ADDRESS SETTING „ ● Display the Installer Setting screen and press "Change" button of "1. Touch panel controller „ address setting". ● Select “Address” from 00 to 15 on the screen and click the button. At the end of setting, click „...

  • Page 920: Central Remote Controller

    2-14. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER „ ADDRESS SETTING „ ● Display the Installer Setting screen and Press the [ „ ] button and move the cursor to "Central Controller Address Setting". ● Press the [ „ ] button. Central remote controller address setting ●...

  • Page 921: Wired Remote Controller (Touch Panel)

    2-15. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) 2-15-1. REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING „ CONFIRM THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS „ 1) When the [RC Address Setting] on the 2) Enter the Installer Password, and touch the [OK]. “Maintenance” screen is touched, the “R.C.Address Setting”...
  • Page 922 „ WHEN MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING NUMBER IS RESET „ 2) A verification screen is displayed. When the 1) Touch the [Address Reset] on the [Yes] is touched, a verification screen is “R.C.Address Setting” screen. displayed. R.C.Address Setting Current Address [001–05] R.C.Address Setting Manual Addressing The address will be returned to factory...

  • Page 923: Remote Controller Master/Slave Setting

    2-15-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER MASTER/SLAVE SETTING 1) Touch the [RC Master/Slave Setting] 2) “RC Master/Slave Setting” screen is displayed. on the “Initial Setting” screen. Select the [Master] or [Slave]. Initial Setting R.C. Master / Slave Setting Page 3/ 3 RC Master/ Master Slave Setting Slave...

  • Page 924: Indoor Unit Address Verification

    2-15-3. INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS VERIFICATION 1) Touch the [I.U. Address Verification] on the 2) Enter the Installer Password and touch the [OK]. “I.U. Address Verification” screen is displayed. “Maintenance” screen. “Installer Password Verification” screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password and touch the [OK]. “I.U.

  • Page 925: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rlr*)

    2-16. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RLR*) 2-16-1. REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING „ CONFIRM THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS „ 1) Select the “15” in Menu 2 Settings. 2) The address of this unit is displayed on the Then press the [ENTER] button. screen.
  • Page 926 „ WHEN MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING NUMBER IS RESET „ 1) Select the “14” in Menu 2 Settings. 2) To reset address, select “1: Reset” with the [+] Then press the [ENTER] button. or [-] buttons. If not resetting, press the [MENU] button to return to the Menu 2 item selection screen.

  • Page 927: Remote Controller Master/Slave Setting

    2-16-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER MASTER/SLAVE SETTING 1) Select the “06” in Menu 2 Settings. 2) Select the “0: Master” or the “1: Slave” with the [+] Then press the [ENTER] button. or [-] buttons. : Master : Slave 3) Press the [ENTER] button. If there is no problem, return to Menu 2 items selection screen. In the case of settings at initial booting, display “Monitor mode screen”.

  • Page 928: Indoor Unit Address Verification

    2-16-3. INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS VERIFICATION 1) Select the “10” in Menu 2 Settings. Then press the [ENTER] button. 2) Displayed from remote controller with smallest 2-wire remote controller address of the remote controller group. Indoor units displayed can be switched by [+] or [-] button.

  • Page 929: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsr*, Uty-Rhr*)

    2-17. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSR*, UTY-RHR*) 2-17-1. REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING „ CONFIRM THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS „ 1) Select the “15” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) You can check current allocation of 2-wire Then press the “ ” button. remote controller address (system number and unit number).
  • Page 930 „ WHEN MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING NUMBER IS RESET „ 1) Select the “14” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) To reset the 2-wire remote controller address, Then press the “ ” button. select “1: Reset” with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP.

  • Page 931: Remote Controller Master/Slave Setting

    2-17-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER MASTER/SLAVE SETTING 1) Select the “06” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) Select the “0: Master” or the “1: Slave” with the Then press the “ ” button. SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. 0:Master 1:Slave 3) Press the “...

  • Page 932: Indoor Unit Address Verification

    2-17-3. INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS VERIFICATION 1) Select the “10” in Menu 2-F2 Settings. Then press the “ ” button. 2-1) Display the smallest 2-wire remote controller address of indoor unit (system number and unit number) of the remote controller group. This address displayed can be switched by the SET TEMP.

  • Page 933: Network Convertor

    2-18. NETWORK CONVERTOR 2-18-1. MODELS: UTY-VTGX / UTY-VTGXV „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set network convertor rotary switch SET1, and Dip switch SET2, SET3. „ „ REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ADDRESS SETTING (SET 1) „ z Example „ SW setting Refrigerant circuit SET1 (x10) SET1 (x1) address...

  • Page 934: Model: Uty-Vggxz1

    2-18-2. MODEL: UTY-VGGXZ1 „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set network convertor rotary switch SW110 and SW111. „ SW110 SW111 Network convertor PCB „ CONVERTOR ADDRESS SETTING „ For Group remote controller z Example „ SW setting Convertor Rotary SW110 Rotary SW111 address (10 digit) (1 digit)

  • Page 935: Signal Amplifier

    2-19. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER „ SWITCH POSITION „ „ AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING „ ● Refer to 1-5 „ MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING „ 1) Turn on the power for the signal amplifier. 2) While holding down SW4 (the set button), press and release SW7 (the reset button) to enter the address setting mode.
  • Page 936 5) Press SW4 (the set button) to set the selected address. Ex.) Address No.5 is set. 6) Turn the power off and on or press SW7 (the reset button) to exit the address setting mode and return to the normal mode. If an address setting error occurs (“26 ”...

  • Page 937: Knx Convertor For Vrf

    2-20. KNX CONVERTOR FOR VRF „ MODEL: UTY-VKGX „ „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set KNX convertor rotary switch SET1 and dip switch SET2. „ „ KNX CONVERTOR REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING „ (SET 1) z Example „ SW setting Refrigerant circuit SET1 (x10)
  • Page 938 This is a fully compatible KNX device which must be configured and setup using standard KNX tool ETS. For how to configure the settings from the ETS, refer to the Interface Specification. ETS database for this device can be downloaded from: http://fujitsu-general.com/global/support/downloads/vrf/index.html - (07-157) -...

  • Page 939: Knx Convertor For Indoor Unit

    This is a fully compatible KNX device which must be configured and setup using standard KNX tool ETS. For how to configure the settings from the ETS, refer to the Interface Specification. ETS database for this device can be downloaded from: http://fujitsu-general.com/global/support/downloads/split/index.html - (07-158) -...

  • Page 940: Modbus ® Convertor For Vrf

    ® 2-22. MODBUS CONVERTOR FOR VRF „ MODEL: UTY-VMGX „ „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set MODBUS ® „ convertor rotary switch SET1 and Dip switch SET2, SET4, SET5, SET6, SET7. ® „ MODBUS „ CONVERTOR REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING (SET 1) z Example „...
  • Page 941 „ VRF TERMINAL RESISTER SETTING (SET 2-1) „ When there is no outdoor unit or signal amplifier in the VRF network segment to which the converter is connected, set to “ON.” ON: Terminal resistance enable OFF: Terminal resistance disable (Default) „...

  • Page 942: Modbus ® Convertor For Indoor Unit

    ® 2-23. MODBUS CONVERTOR FOR INDOOR UNIT „ MODEL: UTY-VMSX „ „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set Modbus ® „ convertor dip switch SET4, SET5, SET6, SET7. ® „ MODBUS „ SLAVE ADDRESS SETTING (SET 4, SET 5) Setting range 1 - 247 (Arbitrary numbers can be set). Refer to "installation manual"...
  • Page 943 ® 2-24. NETWORK CONVERTOR FOR L ORKS „ SWITCH POSITION „ SW3 SW4 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ When setting address, please be sure that the address of Network Convertor for is not overlap the address of other controller like, Touch Panel Controller, ORKS ®...

  • Page 944: Duct Static Pressure Setting

    2-25. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETTING „ MODELS : ARXB07GALH, ARXB09GALH, ARXB12GALH, „ ARXB14GALH, ARXB18GALH Change a setting of air flow, when external static pressure is less than 25 Pa. A setting of air flow can be changed by exchanging wires for B type from A type. (Refer to following table) How to set air flow Connect "1"...
  • Page 945 „ MODELS: ARXK04GCLH, ARXK07GCLH, ARXK09GCLH, „ ARXK12GCLH, ARXK14GCLH, ARXK18GCLH, ARXK24GCLH „ MODELS: ARXD04GALH, ARXD07GALH, ARXD09GALH, „ ARXD12GALH, ARXD14GALH, ARXD18GALH, ARXD24GALH „ MODELS: ARXA24GBLH, ARXA30GBLH, ARXA36GBLH, „ ARXA45GBLH „ MODELS: ARXC36GBTH, ARXC72GBTH, ARXC90GBTH, „ ARXC96GATH „ MODELS: ARXN018GLBH, ARXN024GTBH, ARXN030GTBH, „ ARXN18GATH, ARXN24GATH, ARXN30GATH, ARXN34GATH, ARXN36GATH, ARXN45GATH Change the air flow setting depending on the external static pressure is different from Normal...

  • Page 946: Administrative Indoor Unit Setting

    2-26. ADMINISTRATIVE INDOOR UNIT SETTING ● When multiple indoor units with separate wired remote controller are connected to one „ branch port of RB unit (group connection), it is possible to give the cool / heat mode selection authority to one particular wired remote controller (called master wired remote controller).

  • Page 947: Setting Method

    2-26-1. SETTING METHOD „ WIRED R.C.(Touch panel) „ z Step1: RB unit function setting (Case of VR-II series) „ Please set SET2 of DIP switch to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of RB unit. (SET2-1:OFF, SET2-2:ON) →...
  • Page 948 „ WIRED R.C. „ z Step1: RB unit function setting (Case of VR-II series) „ Please set SET2 of DIP switch to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of RB unit. (SET2-1:OFF, SET2-2:ON) → Refer to 2-7.RB UNIT z Step1: Outdoor unit function setting (Case of V-III or V-II or J-IIIL or J-III or „...
  • Page 949 „ NOTE „ The smallest remote controller address No. RB unit Remote controller address No. Set to master WRC Note: In remote controller group, the cool/heat mode is changed over according to a detected room temperature of an indoor unit with the smallest remote controller address number. - (07-168) -...

  • Page 950: Energy Saving Setting (System Controller)

    2-27. ENERGY SAVING SETTING (SYSTEM CONTROLLER) In this section, an energy saving function which uses electricity meters is explained. System Controller (UTY-APGXZ1, UTY-PEGXZ1) or System Controller Lite (UTY-ALGXZ1, UTY- PLGXE2) is required to perform these functions. „ FEATURES OF ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION „...
  • Page 951 ● Indoor units can be rotated according to the stoppage rate set for each group. „ Group A Group B Group C Group D *The indoor unit operation stoppage rate can be selected from 10% to 30%. Without control With control Time Time z Outdoor unit capacity save function...
  • Page 952 z Peak cut operation function „ Reduces the power consumption by setting a specific target value (maximum average power [kW]) for all the air conditioners and controlling operation so that this value is not exceeded. Limit control is performed in 3 steps of “Step 1: Set temperature shift” → “Step 2: Thermostat OFF”...
  • Page 953 „ GENERAL SETTING FLOW FOR ENERGY SAVING AND „ ELECTRICITY CHARGE APPORTIONMENT USING ELECTRICITY METER The general setting flow for realizing an energy saving function and an electricity charge apportionment function using an electricity meter is shown as an example in the table below. Flow Reference item ■Features of Energy Saving Function...
  • Page 954 „ OPERATION EXAMPLE „ Electric charges usually consist of the following elements. With the energy saving function, operation for each element is as follows. Operation status is checked by power consumption graph display. Electric charge (power consumption) = Basic charge + Usage charge + Demand charge Reduced by indoor unit Reduced by outdoor unit Reduced by peak cut control...
  • Page 955 „ NOTES ON ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION „ Energy saving function precautions and scope of guarantee The effect of the energy saving function depends on the units used, usage environment, installation environment, and so forth. Each energy saving function is not guaranteed to display a fixed effect and function for operation by specific setting.
  • Page 956 „ INSTALLATION RESTRICTION OF ENERGY SAVING UNITS „ (1) Only 1 unit may perform energy saving control at a time. When energy saving control is performed by SYSTEM CONTROLLER (UTY-APGXZ1/PEGXZ1), stop energy saving control *1 from the building management system through the following units. ・BACnet GATEWAY （UTY-ABGX）...

  • Page 957: Electricity Charge Apportionment Setting

    ELECTRICITY CHARGE APPORTIONMENT SETTING 2-28. (SYSTEM CONTROLLER, TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER) In this section, an electricity charge apportionment function which uses electricity meters is explained. System Controller (UTY-APGXZ1, UTY-PEGXZ1) or System Controller Lite (UTY- ALGXZ1, UTY-PLGXA2) or Touch panel controller (UTY-DTG*Z1, UTY-PTGXA) is required to perform these functions.
  • Page 958 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z Electricity meter connection composition „ To perform energy saving peak cut control, basically, electricity meters with pulse transmission function measuring all the power consumed by the air conditioner are necessary. Multiple meters installations are also possible as long as the number of electricity meters is within the specified limit.
  • Page 959 z Selection of Electricity meter, CT, and VT „ Select the electricity meter, CT, and VT by considering the following items. (1) Install electricity meters for each refrigerant system, if circumstances allow. (2) Select VT/CT with a small VT/CT ratio. (3) When using an electricity meter which is specified in pulse units (kWh/pulse), usually select a meter with a 1kWh/pulse output.
  • Page 960 z Installation example of Electricity meter „ ● Example of installation for each refrigerant system „ Electric substation 2nd floor air conditioner 3-phase electric power: equipment Refrigerant system 2 (Refrigerant system 2) Single-phase electric power: (Heat Recovery type) MBK: Main Breaker SBK: Sub Breaker Whm: Electricity meter 1st floor air conditioner...
  • Page 961 ● Example of installation for each tenant „ Electric substation equipment 3-phase electric power: Roof air conditioner Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Single-phase electric power: (All Refrigerant system) MBK: Main Breaker SBK: Sub Breaker Whm: Electricity meter 2nd floor air conditioner (Refrigerant system 2) (Heat Recovery type) Tenant D...
  • Page 962 „ INSTALLATION RESTRICTION OF ELECTRICITY METER „ z Functions that requires installation of electricity meter „ Use an electricity meter having the following functions: ・Electricity charge apportionment function Install for operation using an electricity meter. (Operation without an electricity meter is also possible.) When using an electricity meter, an electricity meter must be installed for all the units which perform apportionment calculation.
  • Page 963 z Installation abstract „ Note The belows are electricity meter connection methods which can be adapted by the System Controller and TPC (Touch panel controller). However, the following mentioned setting restrictions must be observed. (1) Multiple VRF Networks can connect to 1 electricity meter. (with network crossover) Note: UTY-ALGXZ1 (+UTY-PLGXE2) does not support multiple VRF Networks VRF Network system 1 VRF Network system 1...
  • Page 964 TPC1 management range Whm I/F TPC1 Connect the electricity meter that measures the units managed by the appropriate TPC to the electricity meter I/F belonging to the TPC main unit. Whm I/F TPC2 TPC2 management range TPC1 management range TPC1 Whm I/F Whm I/F TPC2...
  • Page 965 (3) Installation crossing over refrigerant systems is possible. (4) Outdoor unit/indoor unit/RB unit mixed in 1 meter is possible. (5) There are no restrictions on outdoor units which connect an electricity meter. An arbitrary electricity meter can be connected to an arbitrary outdoor unit. - (07-184) -...
  • Page 966 z Installation restriction „ Install electricity meters in accordance with the following restrictions: (1) Install an electricity meter only to air conditioners which are the target of the function. When electric lights and other OA equipment are connected to the electricity meter, also their power consumptions are calculated.
  • Page 967 (5) The externally linked units* shall be connected to the same electricity meter as the air conditioner to which they are connected. * General-purpose unit which performs calculation as an externally linked unit by electricity charge apportionment function. Indoor unit Indoor unit Externally Externally...
  • Page 968 (9) Installation of electricity meter which crosses the contract is prohibited. When an electricity meter is used by electricity charge apportionment function, install the electricity meter so that it does not cross over the “contract setting” set by electricity charge apportionment.
  • Page 969 (10) When performing apportionment calculation using electricity meter The electricity meter shall be connected to the necessary air conditioners which are the target of calculation by the electricity charge apportionment function. When an electricity meter is not connected, electricity charge apportionment calculation using an electricity meter may not be possible.
  • Page 970 <<Outdoor unit + indoor unit + RB unit electricity charge apportionment>> → Connection of an electricity meter to the outdoor unit, indoor unit and RB unit is necessary. Electricity meter is not connected to some indoor units and RB units Electricity meter is not connected to some RB units (11) Electricity apportionment for DX-Kit...
  • Page 971 ● When electricity meter is connected „ At electricity apportionment, the DX-Kit itself and units [A] and [B] mentioned above can be handled the same as when an electricity meter is not connected. Set the electricity value at ON beforehand for the units [A] and [B] from the “Parameter Setting” screen and install the electricity meter so that the units [A] and [B] are included.
  • Page 972 „ ELECTRICITY METER SYSTEM „ Electricity meter system is the connection configuration of one electricity meter and the air conditioner units which are connected to the power line under it. This is set on the System Controller. Set the System Controller to match the actual electricity meter installation configuration. Since the electricity charge apportionment function/energy saving function perform control using the power consumption data from an electricity meter, it is necessary to set an electricity meter system on the System Controller.
  • Page 973 „ SETTING OF OUTDOOR UNIT AND SYSTEM CONTROLLER „ To obtain the appropriate power consumption by System Controller, the power value measured by an electricity meter must be properly conveyed. To do this, appropriate setting at the electricity meter, outdoor unit, and System Controller is necessary. The method of setting the pulse from the electricity meter received by an outdoor unit and the method of setting the pulse value set by system controller are described here.
  • Page 974 (2) When electricity meter used is specified by pulse constant The connection configuration is shown below. Electricity meter System Controller pulse transmission Pulse constant line reference point to CN135 to CN135 measurement line (PT) Outdoor unit 3ø Power cable 1ø Indoor unit measurement (PT)
  • Page 975 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT DTV_VR2E018E_11--CHAPTER08 2017.10.31...
  • Page 976 CONTENTS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT ..........08 - 01 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ..................08 - 01 1-1-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ..................08 - 04 1-1-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT ................08 - 06 1-1-3. OPTIONAL PARTS ................... 08 - 07 1-1-4.

  • Page 977: External Input & Output

    1. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT Note : The length regulations of the cable are as shown in the following figures. L (m) P.C.B Type Input / Output cable Outdoor unit 150 / 150 Indoor unit 150 / 25 RB unit 150 / - connected unit Touch Panel...
  • Page 978 „ TERMINAL POSITION „ z V-II series „ Output 2 (CN137: Blue) Input 4 Base heater Output 1 (CN134: Red) (CN115: Black) (CN136: Black) Input 3 (CN133: White) Input 2 (CN132: Green) Input 1 (CN131: Yellow) Input 5 (CN135: Orange) Outdoor unit PC board z J-IIIL series „...
  • Page 979 „ TERMINAL POSITION „ z J-III series, J-II series and J-IIS series „ Base heater (CN115:Black) Outdoor unit PC board BASE HEATER CN115 (BLK) Input 4 CN134 (CN134:Red) EXT. Input 5 IN. 4 (RED) (CN135 : Input 3 CN133 Orange) PULSE EXT.

  • Page 980: External Input

    1-1-1. EXTERNAL INPUT Setting to "Low noise mode", "Cooling priority/heating priority selection", "Outdoor unit operation peak control", "Emergency/batch stop" and "Electricity meter pulse" are possible from the outside. „ WIRING METHOD AND SPECIFICATIONS „ *A twisted pair cable (22AWG) should be used. Maximum length of cable is 150m. * Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the number of cables to be installed *For each input, pin No.1 is of positive polarity and pin No.2 is of ground level.
  • Page 981 z When function setting is "Batch stop" mode „ Connector Input signal Command OFF → ON Batch stop CN134 ON → OFF CN134 Command Batch stop Batch stop Operation Indoor unit (outdoor unit) Stop Remote Controller NOTE : ● All indoor units of same refrigerant system stops when Batch stop operates. ●...

  • Page 982: External Output

    1-1-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT Connector Output voltage Status CN136 (Black) Normal DC 12-24 V *4 Error CN137 (Blue) Stop DC 12-24 V *4 Operation „ ERROR STATUS (Master unit only) „ This output indicates the outdoor unit and connected indoor unit's "Normal" or "Error" status. „...

  • Page 983: Optional Parts

    1-1-3. OPTIONAL PARTS Usage Name and shapes Q'ty Models For external input (Low noise mode, Cooling/ Heating priority, Outdoor unit operation peak control, EXTERNAL Emergency/batch stop) UTY-XWZXZ6 CONNECT KIT For external output (Error display, Operation display) EXTERNAL For external input UTY-XWZXZF (Electricity meter pulse) CONNECT KIT...
  • Page 984 1-1-4. OUTDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT / OUTPUT FUNCTION SUMMARY „ OUTDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT FUNCTION „ Function Specifications Power Outdoor usage Dry contact / Low noise Cooling/ unit Item Emergency information Signal Apply voltage mode Heating operation Batch stop Terminal stop from type...

  • Page 985: Indoor Unit

    1-2. INDOOR UNIT External input External output Input select Connector External connect kit (Optional parts) Apply voltage CNA01 UTY-XWZXZB Control input Dry contact CNA02 UTY-XWZXZD Apply voltage CNA03 UTY-XWZXZ7 Forced thermostat off Dry contact CNA04 UTY-XWZXZE Operation status Error status CNB01 UTY-XWZXZC Indoor unit status...
  • Page 986 When connected to Apply voltage terminals of multiple indoor units with a connected unit, be sure to make a branch outside the indoor unit using a pull box, etc. as shown on below example. DC power supply 12 - 24V P.C.B Load resistance...
  • Page 987 z Dry contact terminal ([CNA02], [CNA04]) „ When a power supply is unnecessary at the input device you want to connect, use the Dry contact terminal ([CNA02], [CNA04]). P.C.B CNA02 Ch 1 Ch 2 CNA04 Ch 3 connected unit *c: Select very low current use contacts (usable at DC12V, DC1mA or less). *d: The wiring is different from Apply voltage terminals.
  • Page 988 „ INPUT SIGNAL TYPE „ Edge The input signal type can be selected. It is switched by Dip-Sw on the indoor unit PCB. (u...Factory setting) Dip-sw [Set 2-2] Input signal type Edge Pulse Pulse Note: input signal type of Ch3 (Forced thermostat off) is only "Edge". „...
  • Page 989 z When function setting is "Emergency stop" mode „ ●In the case of "Edge" input Connector Input signal Command Ch1 of OFF → ON Emergency stop CNA01 or CNA02 ON → OFF Normal Ch1 input of CNA01 or CNA02 Emergency stop Command Normal Operation...
  • Page 990 z When function setting is "Forced stop" mode „ ●In the case of "Edge" input Connector Input signal Command Ch1 of OFF → ON Forced stop CNA01 or CNA02 ON → OFF Normal Ch1 input of CNA01 or CNA02 Forced stop Command Normal Operation...
  • Page 991 ●Considerations when setting forced stop CAUTION When forced stop function is used with forming a remote controller group, connect the same equipment to each indoor unit within the group. Example 1 : OK Remote controller group DC power P.C.B supply 12 - 24V Load resistance CNA01...
  • Page 992 „ FORCED THERMOSTAT OFF FUNCTION „ ●"Edge" input only Connector Input signal Command Ch3 of OFF → ON Thermostat off CNA03 or CNA04 ON → OFF Normal Example of cooling mode Ch3 input of CNA03 or CNA04 Thermostat Room temp. Set temp.
  • Page 993 ●System figure example External controller Relay External input wire Outdoor thermistor Indoor unit Indoor thermistor Indoor Outdoor Temperature Temperature Damper motor 31˚C 28˚C Except Indoor unit and External wire (service parts) are procured at field. ●Operation status Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp. : ON Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp.
  • Page 994 ●Function setting of indoor unit Indoor unit Function Setting Set Setting No.49-00 Indoor unit is continued appropriate operation until [Forced thermostat off] signal received, at condition which are set by central and individual controller or detected by thermo sensors of indoor unit. Once received [Forced ther- mostat off] signal received, Indoor unit start operation under Fan mode.
  • Page 995 z Example 2 „ - Individual connection - Function setting for Fan setting when cooling thermostat OFF Number 49-01 (Stop) Forced thermostat off is one of the function to save energy. For example, case of using ventilator at condition with outdoor temperature is lower than Indoor temperature, Indoor unit of air conditioner stop based upon receiving signal from external controller.
  • Page 996 ●Operation status Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp. : ON Signal detected by Outdoor temp. > Indoor temp. : OFF external controller Forced thermostat off Command from external controller Normal Open Indoor Close unit Normal means that Indoor unit is continued appropriate operation until [Forced thermostat off] signal received, at condition which are set by central and individual controller or detected by thermo sensors of indoor unit.
  • Page 997 ●Example of Electrical circuit Indoor unit circuit board Dry contact external input wire External Indoor unit Service parts controller Relay CNA04 Max. 150 m Specification of external input Requirement for relay switch Item Spec Item Spec Terminal CNA04 Min. permissible 1mA or less load Output voltage...

  • Page 998: External Output

    1-2-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT ● A twisted pair cable (22AWG) should be used. Maximum length of cable is 25m. ● Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the number of cables to be installed. ● Output voltage: Hi DC12V±2V, Lo 0V. ●...
  • Page 999 „ OPERATION STATUS „ (External output1) Operation The output for CNB01 (1-2) is ON when the indoor Indoor unit Stop unit is operating. The output is off when the unit is stopped. CNB01(1-2) Output „ ERROR STATUS „ (External output2) Error Indoor unit The output for CNB01 (1-3) is ON when an error...

  • Page 1000: Optional Parts

    1-2-3. OPTIONAL PARTS Usage Name and shapes Q'ty Models EXTERNAL For output port UTY-XWZXZC CONNECT KIT EXTERNAL For control input port UTY-XWZXZB CONNECT KIT (Apply voltage terminal) EXTERNAL For control input port UTY-XWZXZD CONNECT KIT (Dry contact terminal) EXTERNAL For forced thermostat off port UTY-XWZXZ7 CONNECT KIT (Apply voltage terminal)

This manual is also suitable for:

Airstage j-iii l aj 090lelah seriesAirstage j-iii l aj 108lelah seriesAirstage j-iii ag a004gcah seriesAirstage j-iii ag a007gcah seriesAirstage j-iii ag a009gcah seriesAirstage j-iii ag a012gcah series ... Show all

Table of Contents